Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

Question 1.
Why are cockroaches said to be omnipresent?
Answer:
Cockroaches are said to be omnipresent as they are present everywhere, all over the world. They are usually seen in damp and moist places, crevices.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 2.
Cockroaches are nocturnal and cursorial. Give reason.
Answer:
1. Cockroaches are active at night hence, they are termed as nocturnal.
2. They are cursorial insects as they show terrestrial adaptations for running.

Question 3.
Name the common species of cockroach found in India.
Answer:
Periplaneta americana, Blatta orientalis and Blatta germanica.

Question 4.
Describe in detail the external morphology of cockroach.
Answer:
External morphology of cockroach:
1. Shape and size: Cockroach has elongated, bilaterally symmetrical, dorso-ventrally flattened and truly segmented body.They are triploblastic and eucoelomate. The body cavity called haemocoel is filled with the fluid haemolymph.
2. Coloration: Their colour is glistening brown or reddish brown.
3. Exoskeleton: Tough, waxy, non-living chitinous exoskeleton protects the body of the cockroach. It is made up of nitrogenous polysaccharide – chitin that provides strength, elasticity and surface area for attachment of muscles. Each body segment of cockroach is covered by four chitinous plates called sclerites namely, dorsal tergum, ventral sternum and two lateral pleurons.
4. Body division: The body is divided into three regions viz. head, thorax and abdomen.
5. Head: It is formed by the fusion of six segments. It is triangular or ovate in shape. The head is highly mobile due to flexible neck. It bears a pair of long antennae, a pair of compound eyes and mouthparts adapted for biting and chewing of food.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 1Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 1
Head of cockroach bears following structures:
(a) Antennae: They are also called as feelers.These are long, filamentous, segmented structures that can move in all directions.They are lodged in membranous pits known as antennal sockets.They are tactile (touch) as well as olfactory (smell) organs.
Function: They are useful in locating the food material in the vicinity.
(b) Fenestrae: Fenestrae also called as ocellar spots.
They are situated at the base of each antenna and appear as white spots.
(c) Compound eyes: Compound eyes are paired, dark, kidney – shaped structures placed on the dorsolateral sides of the head. They are made up of large number of hexagonal ommatidia i.e. around 2000 ommatidia (sing, ommatidium).
These ommatidia are the structural and functional unit of compound eye, each forming an image of very small part of visual field. Collectively, the compound eye produces a mosaic image. Even though the compound eye gives a mosaic or hazy vision yet the animal can detect the slightest movement of the object. Compound eyes provide low resolution and more sensitive vision.

d. Mouthparts: Cockroach has a pre-oral cavity in front of the mouth in which food is received. It is bounded by mouthparts which are of chewing and biting type. This includes: labrum, labium, a pair of mandibles, a pair of maxillae and tongue like hypopharynx (present at the centre of mouth). Salivary duct opens at the base of hypopharynx and the mouth opens into foregut.

6. Thorax: Thorax is made up of three distinct segments – prothorax (anterior segment), mesothorax and metathorax (posterior segment). Ventrally, the thorax bears three pairs of walking legs, one at each segment. Dorsally, the thorax bears two pairs of wings attached to mesothoracic and metathoracic segment of the body.

(a) Legs: Three pairs of walking legs are present on the ventral side. Each leg is formed of five podomeres namely coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia and tarsus.Tarsus is the last segment and it is made up of five movable segments or tarsomeres. The last tarsomere bears a pair of claws and cushion-like arolium helpful in clinging.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 2
(b) Wings: Forewings and hindwings form the two pair of wings present on the dorsal side. Forewings are the first pair of dark, opaque, thick, leathery wings. Hindwings are thin, broad, membranous delicate and transparent.They are attached to tergum of metathorax.
Functions: Forewings are protective in function and hindwings are helpful in flight, thus are called true wings.

7. Abdomen:
a. The abdomen is elongated and made up of ten segments. Each segment has a dorsal tergum and ventral sternum.
b. Tergum is jointed to the sternum laterally by a soft cuticle called pleura.
c. The posterior segments are telescoped in. Due to this, the eighth and ninth terga get overlapped by the seventh. The tenth tergum projects backward and is deeply notched. It bears a pair of small, many jointed anal cerci.
d. The abdomen is narrow and tapering in males as compared to females.The ninth sternum of males also bears a pair of short, unjointed anal style.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 5.
Write about the compound eyes of cockroach.
Answer:
Compound eyes: Compound eyes are paired, dark, kidney — shaped structures placed on the dorsolateral sides of the head. They are made up of large number of hexagonal ommatidia i.e. around 2000 ommatidia (sing, ommatidium). These ommatidia are the structural and functional unit of compound eye, each forming an image of very small part of visual field. Collectively, the compound eye produces a mosaic image. Even though the compound eye gives a mosaic or hazy vision yet the animal can detect the slightest movement of the object. Compound eyes provide low resolution and more sensitive vision.

Question 6.
Explain the structure of legs in cockroach.
Answer:
Legs: Three pairs of walking legs are present on the ventral side. Each leg is formed of five podomeres namely coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia and tarsus.Tarsus is the last segment and it is made up of five movable segments or tarsomeres. The last tarsomere bears a pair of claws and cushion-like arolium helpful in clinging.

Question 7.
Sketch a neat and labelled diagram of dorsal and ventral view of cockroach.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 3
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 4

Question 8.
Write a short on body cavity of cockroach.
Answer:
1. Cockroach has a body cavity or true coelom present around the viscera.
2. The body cavity of cockroach is known as haemocoel as it is filled with haemolymph (blood). Cockroaches have open type of circulation thus; the body cavity is filled with haemolymph.
3. The body cavity contains fat bodies. These are in the form of loose, whitish mass of tissue. They are made up of large, polygonal cells which contain fat globules, proteins and sometimes glycogen.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 9.
What is the role of hypopharynx?
Answer:
Hypopharynx: Hypopharynx is also known as lingua. It is a somewhat cylindrical single structure, located in front of the labium and between first maxillae. The salivary duct opens at the base of hypopharynx. Hypopharynx bears comb-like plates called super-lingua on either side. Hypopharynx is present at the centre of the mouth.
Function: It is useful in the process of feeding and mixing saliva with food,

Question 10.
Sketch a neat and labelled diagram of gizzard of cockroach.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 5

Question 11.
Describe the heart in cockroach.
Answer:
Heart: It is about 2.5 cm long, narrow, muscular tube that is open anteriorly and closed posteriorly. It starts from 9th abdominal segment and extends anteriorly upto 1st thoracic segment. Heart of cockroach is 13 chambered, out of which 10 chambers are in abdominal region and 3 chambers are in thoracic region. Each chamber has a pair of vertical slit-like incurrent aperture or opening called ostium (plural: ostia). Ostia are present along lateral side in the posterior region of first 12 chambers. Each ostium has lip-like valves that allow the flow of blood from sinus to heart only.

Question 12.
What are alary muscles?
Answer:
Dorsal diaphragm: It has 12 pairs (10 abdominal and 2 thoracic) of fan-like alary muscles. Alary muscles are triangular with pointed end attached to terga at lateral side and broad end lies between the heart and dorsal diaphragm.

Question 13.
Explain the mechanism of blood circulation in cockroach.
Answer:
Mechanism of blood circulation:

  1. Blood (haemolymph) circulates between sinuses and heart due to contraction and relaxation of heart and alary muscles.
  2. The heart contracts (systole) and relaxes (diastole) alternatively. After diastole, there is a third phase in the heart cycle known as diastasis. During diastasis, heart remains in expanded state.
  3. During diastole, heart expands and the alary muscles contract, making the dorsal diaphragm flat. As a result, blood passes from perivisceral sinus to pericardial sinus through fenestrae and finally to the heart through ostia.
  4. During systole, contraction starts at the posterior end and the wave of contraction passes anteriorly. Due to this, blood is pushed towards the dorsal aorta.
  5. Ostia remain closed with the help of valves, during systole. As a result, blood flushes into head region from where it goes to perivisceral and perineural sinuses.
  6. During systole, alary muscles are relaxed and due to this, the dorsal diaphragm becomes convex.
  7. The volume of pericardial sinus is now reduced. This makes the blood to move from pericardial sinus to perivisceral sinus through fenestrae.

Question 14.
Which muscles are involved in renewal of air in tracheal system?
Answer:
The rhythmic movements of thoracic and abdominal muscles are involved in the renewal of air in tracheal system.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 15.
Give the role of chitin in trachea of cockroach.
Answer:
The inner lining of chitin in trachea prevents the trachea from collapsing.

Question 16.
Write in short about the spiracles in cockroach.
Answer:
Spiracles: They are paired respiratory openings. Spiracles are present on the ventro-lateral side of the body, in pleural membrane. Cockroaches have two pairs of thoracic and eight pairs of abdominal spiracles.The spiracles open into a series of air sacs from which arise the tubes called The spiracles let the air into and out of trachea.

Question 17.
Describe the excretory system in cockroach.
Answer:

  1. Malpighian tubules are the main excretory organs of cockroach.
  2. They are thin, yellow coloured, ectodermal thread-like structures that lie in the haemocoel.
  3. These tubules are 150 in number. Malpighian tubules are attached to the alimentary canal between the midgut and hindgut.
  4. Each Malpighian tubule is lined with a single layer of glandular epithelial cells having microvilli. The distal portion of Malpighian tubule is secretory and the proximal part is absorptive in function.
  5. They extract water and nitrogenous wastes from the haemocoel and convert them into uric acid and pass them into ileum. As the cockroach excretes uric acid, it is said to be uricotelic.
  6. Also, fat bodies, nephrocytes and uricose glands (only in males) help in excretion.
  7. In cockroach, nephrocytes (urate cells) associated with fat bodies and cuticle are also believed to be excretory in function. The nephrocytes are cells present along with the fat bodies or present along the heart and store nitrogenous wastes.
  8. The excretory products later are removed in the haemocoel. Some nitrogenous wastes are deposited on the cuticle and eliminated during moulting.

Question 18.
Sketch and label the central nervous system of cockroach.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 6

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 19.
Sense organs: Collect the information and complete the chart.
Answer:

Sense organ Location Function
1. Antenna Head Detect touch, smell and locate the food in vicinity
2. Eyes Head Provides mosaic vision, detect slightest movement of object, provide more sensitive vision but less resolution
3. Maxillary palp Mouth Detects smell and taste.
4. Labial palp Mouth Detects smell and taste.
5. Anal cerci Abdomen Detect touch and sound (respond to air or vibrations)

Question 20.
Describe the male reproductive system of cockroach.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 7

  1. Male reproductive system includes primary and secondary reproductive organs.
  2. Primary sex organs (male gonads) are called testes. They are paired and located in the 4th and 6th abdominal segments. Sperms produced in testis are carried by vasa deferentia.
  3. Vasa deferentia is a pair of thin tubular structure that arise from the testes and open into ejaculatory duct through seminal vesicle. They carry sperms to ejaculatory duct.
  4. Ejaculatory duct opens into male gonopore situated ventral to anus.
  5. Sperms produced by testis are stored in seminal vesicles in the form of bundles called spermatophores. These spermatophores are deposited in female reproductive tract during copulation.
  6. Mushroom shaped gland or utricular gland is an accessory reproductive gland. It is present in the 6th – 7th abdominal segments.
  7. Male gonapophyses or phallomere form the external genitalia of male. These are three asymmetrical chitinous structures surrounding the male gonophore.

Question 21.
Name the following:

Question 1.
The other term for gizzard in cockroach.
Answer:
Proventriculus

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 2.
After sufficient growth, nymph undergoes moulting and enters into this stage:
Answer:
Instar

Question 3.
Paired accessory sex glands present in female cockroach that open in genital chamber.
Answer:
Collaterial glands.

Question 4.
The structural and functional unit of eye of cockroach.
Answer:
Ommatidia

Question 5.
Body segment of cockroach is covered by these four chitinous plates.
Answer:
Dorsal tergum, ventral sternum and two lateral pleurons.

Question 22.
Explain the process of fertilization in cockroach.
Answer:

  1. The process of fertilization in cockroach is internal.
  2. Male and female cockroaches come together by their posterior phallomeres.
  3. The spermatophores are transferred to the genital chamber of female cockroach.
  4. Sperms released from the spermatophore reach the spermatheca.
  5. The eggs are discharged from both the ovaries alternately into the common oviduct and pass into the genital chamber.
  6. Sperms coming from the spermatheca fertilize the eggs in the genital chamber.

Question 23.
Name the gland whose secretions form ootheca or egg case.
Answer:
The secretion of collaterial glands forms a capsule around them is called as ootheca or egg case.

Question 24.
Describe the stages of development in cockroach.
Answer:

  1. The development in cockroach (Periplaneta americana) is paurametabolous as the development occurs through nymphal stage.
    Fertilized egg → Nymph → Adult
  2. The nymph looks like adult but it is smaller and sexually immature.
  3. After sufficient growth, nymph undergoes moulting and enters into a stage between two successive moults known as instar.
  4. Cockroaches may undergo moulting for around 13 times before reaching the adult stage.
  5. The nymphal stages have wing pads but only adult cockroaches have wings.
  6. The embryonic period in cockroach varies as per temperature and humidity. At 24°C, the duration is about 58 days and at 30° C, the duration is about 32 days.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 25.
Fill in the blanks.

  1. The head of cockroach is formed by fusion of ________ segments.
  2. Hindwings are attached to the tergum of ________.
  3. _________ pairs of walking legs are present on ventral side of cockroach.
  4. Laterally, the tergum in cockroach is jointed to sternum by soft cuticle called ________.
  5. Tongue-like single structure present in front of the labium between first maxillae is called as ______.

Answer:

  1. 6
  2. Metathorax
  3. 3
  4. Pleura
  5. Hypopharynx /lingua

Question 26.
Why are cockroaches considered as pests?
Answer:
Cockroaches are considered pests due to following reasons:
1. Cockroaches damage household materials like clothes, shoes, paper, etc.
2. Cockroaches eat and destroy the foodstuff. They contaminate food, which gives a typical smell to food and make it unpalatable.
3. They cany pathogens of diseases like cholera, diarrhoea, tuberculosis, typhoid, etc.

Question 27.
Cockroaches are considered as a part of food chain. Justify.
Answer:
Many amphibians, birds, lizards and rodents prey upon cockroaches and this makes them a part of food chain. They are also eaten by certain groups of people in South America, China and Myanmar.

Question 28.
Lata was surprised to see cockroaches used as specimen in her college laboratory. She asked her teacher the reason for cockroach being used as experimental animal in laboratory. What would be the probable reason given by her teacher?
Answer:
Cockroach are used in laboratories as experimental animal for biological research as they can be obtained easily without causing damage to ecological balance. Cockroaches are commonly used as experimental animal in laboratory because of their large size, omnivorous food habit, hardiness (chitinous exoskeleton), rapid growth and reproduction. Also they are available almost any season, at any locality.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 29.
Give the measures to control the population of cockroach.
Answer:
Cockroaches are economically harmful organism. They must be controlled in an efficient way.
Following are the measures to control the population of cockroach:
1. Maintain good sanitation: Dark and humid places of kitchen, cupboards, trolleys must be cleaned regularly. Cracks and crevices and other such areas must be filled. Accumulation of garbage at home should be avoided.
2. Keeping water in drainage trap: If the drain trap is dry, cockroaches frequently enter home by migrating up from sewer connections. So, we should always keep the drain trap filled with water.
3. Chemical control: Organophosphates, carbamates, pyrethroids and boric acid are efficient poisons of cockroaches. Various types of their formulations are available in market under various brand names.

Question 30.
Depending upon nature of food and feeding habits, different insects have different types of mouthparts. Collect images of different mouthparts and paste in appropriate boxes.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 8

Question 31.
Apply Your Knowledge

Question 1.
The cockroach was dissected so as to expose the digestive system. Student found tubules at two places in the digestive system:
1. Around the anterior part of stomach
2. At the junction of mid-gut and hind-gut Identify the tubules and give their functions.
Answer:
1. Hepatic caeca
2. Malpighian tubules
For functions: Hepatic caeca: These are thin, transparent, short, blind (closed) and hollow tubules.
Function: They secrete digestive enzymes.
For functions:

  1. Malpighian tubules are the main excretory organs of cockroach.
  2. They are thin, yellow coloured, ectodermal thread-like structures that lie in the
  3. These tubules are 150 in number. Malpighian tubules are attached to the alimentary canal between the midgut and hindgut.
  4. Each Malpighian tubule is lined with a single layer of glandular epithelial cells having microvilli. The distal portion of Malpighian tubule is secretory and the proximal part is absorptive in function.
  5. They extract water and nitrogenous wastes from the haemocoel and convert them into uric acid and pass them into ileum. As the cockroach excretes uric acid, it is said to be uricotelic.
  6. Also, fat bodies, nephrocytes and uricose glands (only in males) help in excretion.
  7. In cockroach, nephrocytes (urate cells) associated with fat bodies and cuticle are also believed to be excretory in function. The nephrocytes are cells present along with the fat bodies or present along the heart and store nitrogenous wastes.
  8. The excretory products later are removed in the haemocoel. Some nitrogenous wastes are deposited on the cuticle and eliminated during moulting.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 2.
Rita’s mother while cleaning the house spotted a darkish reddish to blackish brown coloured capsule glued on the crack. Her mother showed it to Rita and asked her about it. Rita recollected that it resembles to a picture shown by her teacher in classroom while teaching about cockroach. What it must be?
Answer:

  1. The darkish reddish to blackish brown coloured capsule may be ootheca.
  2. The secretion of collaterial glands forms a capsule around them is called as ootheca or egg case.
  3. It is about 8 mm long and ranges from dark reddish to blackish brown.
  4. Ootheca contains 14 to 16 fertilized eggs in two rows.
  5. They are dropped or glued to a suitable surface, like a crack or crevice with good humidity near a food source.
  6. A female cockroach on an average, produces 9 to 10 oothecae during its lifespan.

Question 32.
Quick Review

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 9

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 10

Question 33.
Exercise

Question 1.
Which species of cockroach are found in India?
Answer:
Periplaneta americana, Blatta orientalis and Blatta germanica.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 2.
Cockroaches are said to be omnipresent. Justify
Answer:
Cockroaches are said to be omnipresent as they are present everywhere, all over the world. They are usually seen in damp and moist places, crevices.

Question 3.
Classify cockroach giving reasons for its systematic position.
Answer:

Classification Reasons
Kingdom Animalia Cell wall absent, heterotrophic nutrition.
Phylum Arthropoda They have jointed appendages. Body is chitinous and segmented.
Class Insecta They possess two pairs of wings and three pairs of walking legs.
Genus Periplaneta Straight wings and nocturnal.
Species americana Originated in the continent of America.

Question 4.
Describe in detail the body division of cockroach.
Answer:
Body division: The body is divided into three regions viz. head, thorax and abdomen.
Abdomen:

  1. The abdomen is elongated and made up of ten segments. Each segment has a dorsal tergum and ventral sternum.
  2. Tergum is jointed to the sternum laterally by a soft cuticle called pleura.
  3. The posterior segments are telescoped in. Due to this, the eighth and ninth terga get overlapped by the seventh. The tenth tergum projects backward and is deeply notched. It bears a pair of small, many jointed anal cerci.
  4. The abdomen is narrow and tapering in males as compared to females.The ninth sternum of males also bears a pair of short, unjointed anal style.

Question 5.
Name the last segment in the leg of cockroach.
Answer:
Legs: Three pairs of walking legs are present on the ventral side. Each leg is formed of five podomeres namely coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia and tarsus.Tarsus is the last segment and it is made up of five movable segments or tarsomeres. The last tarsomere bears a pair of claws and cushion-like arolium helpful in clinging.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 6.
What is arolium in cockroach?
Answer:
Legs: Three pairs of walking legs are present on the ventral side. Each leg is formed of five podomeres namely coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia and tarsus.Tarsus is the last segment and it is made up of five movable segments or tarsomeres. The last tarsomere bears a pair of claws and cushion-like arolium helpful in clinging.

Question 7.
What are ommatidia?
Answer:
Compound eyes: Compound eyes are paired, dark, kidney — shaped structures placed on the dorsolateral sides of the head. They are made up of large number of hexagonal ommatidia i.e. around 2000 ommatidia (sing, ommatidium). These ommatidia are the structural and functional unit of compound eye, each forming an image of very small part of visual field. Collectively, the compound eye produces a mosaic image. Even though the compound eye gives a mosaic or hazy vision yet the animal can detect the slightest movement of the object. Compound eyes provide low resolution and more sensitive vision.

Question 8.
What is the function of labium?
Answer:
Each gland has a salivary duct. Both the ducts unite to form a common salivary duct.

Question 9.
What are the antennae of cockroach also known as?
Answer:
Antennae: They are also called as feelers.These are long, filamentous, segmented structures that can move in all directions.They are lodged in membranous pits known as antennal sockets.They are tactile (touch) as well as olfactory (smell) organs.
Function: They are useful in locating the food material in the vicinity.

Question 10.
Write a short note on exoskeleton of cockroach.
Answer:
Exoskeleton: Tough, waxy, non-living chitinous exoskeleton protects the body of the cockroach. It is made up of nitrogenous polysaccharide – chitin that provides strength, elasticity and surface area for attachment of muscles. Each body segment of cockroach is covered by four chitinous plates called sclerites namely, dorsal tergum, ventral sternum and two lateral pleurons.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 11.
Describe the mouthparts of cockroach briefly.
Answer:

  1. Hepatic caeca: These are thin, transparent, short, blind (closed) and hollow tubules.
  2. Function: They secrete digestive enzymes.
  3. Hindgut or proctodaeum: It consists of ileum, colon and rectum.
  4. Ileum: It is short and narrow part of hindgut. Malpighian tubules open in the anterior lumen of ileum, near the junction of midgut and hindgut. Posterior region of ileum contains sphincter. Ileum directs the nitrogenous wastes and undigested food towards colon.
  5. Colon: It is a longer and wider part of the hindgut. It directs waste material towards the rectum. It reabsorbs water from wastes as per the need.
  6. Rectum: It is oval or spindle-shaped, terminal part of the hindgut. It contains six rectal pads along the internal surface for absorption of water. Rectum opens into anus. Anus is present on the ventral side of the 10th segment. It is the last or posterior opening of the digestive system. The undigested food is released out of the body through anus.

Question 12.
Give another name for upper lip and lower lip of cockroach.
Answer:

  1. Cockroach has a pair of salivary glands which secrete saliva.
  2. Each gland has a salivary duct.
  3. Both the ducts unite to form a common salivary duct.

Question 13.
Mention the three segments of thorax.
Answer:
Thorax: Thorax is made up of three distinct segments – prothorax (anterior segment), mesothorax and metathorax (posterior segment). Ventrally, the thorax bears three pairs of walking legs, one at each segment. Dorsally, the thorax bears two pairs of wings attached to mesothoracic and metathoracic segment of the body, a. Legs: Three pairs of walking legs are present on the ventral side. Each leg is formed of five podomeres namely coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia and tarsus.Tarsus is the last segment and it is made up of five movable segments or tarsomeres. The last tarsomere bears a pair of claws and cushion-like arolium helpful in clinging.

Question 14.
Which wings are known as true wings? Why?
Answer:
Wings: Forewings and hindwings form the two pair of wings present on the dorsal side. Forewings are the first pair of dark, opaque, thick, leathery wings. Hindwings are thin, broad, membranous delicate and transparent.They are attached to tergum of metathorax.
Functions: Forewings are protective in function and hindwings are helpful in flight, thus are called true wings.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 15.
Write a short note on haemocoel.
Answer:

  1. Cockroach has a body cavity or true coelom present around the viscera.
  2. The body cavity of cockroach is known as haemocoel as it is filled with haemolymph (blood). Cockroaches have open type of circulation thus; the body cavity is filled with haemolymph.
  3. The body cavity contains fat bodies. These are in the form of loose, whitish mass of tissue. They are made up of large, polygonal cells which contain fat globules, proteins and sometimes glycogen.

Question 17.
Which region of the alimentary canal is also known as stomodaeum?
Answer:

  1. Foregut or stomodaeum: It consists of pharynx, oesophagus, crop and gizzard.
  2. Pharynx: It is very short, narrow but muscular tube that opens into oesophagus.
  3. Function: Conduction of food into the oesophagus.
  4. Oesophagus: It is slightly long and narrow tube which opens into crop.
  5. Crop: Crop is a large, pear shaped and sac- like organ.
  6. Function: It temporarily stores the food and then sends it to gizzard.
  7. Gizzard: Gizzard or proventricuius is a small spherical organ. It is provided internally with a circlet of six chitinous teeth and backwardly directed bristles.The foregut ends with gizzard.

Function: The chitinous teeth present in gizzard are responsible for crushing the food and the bristles help to filter the food.

Question 18.
Explain in detail the hindgut of cockroach.
Answer:
Hindgut or proctodaeum: It consists of ileum, colon and rectum.

Question 19.
Write a short note on mesentron.
Answer:

  1. Midgut or mesenteron: It consists of stomach and hepatic caeca.
  2. Ventriculus or stomach: It is straight, short and narrow. Stomach is lined by glandular epithelium which secretes digestive enzymes.
  3. Function: It is mainly responsible for digestion and absorption.

Question 20.
Explain the three parts of alimentary canal.
Answer:
1. Digestive system of cockroach consists of mouthparts, alimentary canal and salivary glands.
2. Mouthparts: Pre-oral cavity present in front of the mouth receives food. It is bounded by chewing and biting type of mouth parts.
3. These are movable, segmented appendages that help in ingestion of food. The mouthparts of cockroach comprises of:
a. Labrum: It forms the upper lip. It is a single flap-like movable part which covers the mouth from upper side. It forms an anterior wall of pre¬oral cavity.
Function: It is useful in holding the food during feeding.
b. Mandibles: These are two dark, hard, chitinous structures with serrated median margins.They are true jaws present on either side, behind the labrum.
Function: They perform co-ordinated side-wise movements with the help of adductor and abductor muscles to cut and crush the food.
c. Maxillae: These are the accesssory jaws. They are also called as first pair of maxillae. These are situated on the either side of mouth behind the mandibles. Each maxilla consists of sclerites like cardo, stipes, galea, lacinia and maxillary palps.
Functions: Maxillae hold food, help mandibles for mastication. They are also used for cleaning the antennae and front legs. Maxillary palps act as tactile organs.
d. Labium: It forms the lower lip. Labium is also known as second maxilla which covers the pre-oral cavity from the ventral side. It is firmly attached to the posterior part of head. It has three jointed labial palps which are sensory in function.
Function: It is useful in pushing the chewed food in the pre-oral cavity. It prevents the loss of food falling from the mandibles, while chewing.
e. Hypopharynx: Hypopharynx is also known as lingua. It is a somewhat cylindrical single structure, located in front of the labium and between first maxillae. The salivary duct opens at the base of hypopharynx. Hypopharynx bears comb-like plates called super-lingua on either side. Hypopharynx is present at the centre of the mouth.
Function: It is useful in the process of feeding and mixing saliva with food, iii. Alimentary canal: It is long a (6 – 7cm) tube of different diameters with two openings.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 21.
Explain the three sinuses in the coelom cockroach.
Answer:
Sinuses: The coelom of cockroach is divided into three sinuses – pericardial sinus, perivisceral sinus and perineural sinus.

  1. Pericardial sinus: It is dorsal, very small and contains dorsal vessel.
  2. Perivisceral sinus: It is middle and largest sinus. It contains fat bodies and almost all major visceral organs of alimentary canal and reproductive system.
  3. Perineural sinus: It is ventral, small and contains ventral nerve cord. It is continuous into legs. All the three sinuses communicate with each other through the pores present between two successive points of attachments of diaphragms.

Question 22.
Define: alary muscles.
Answer:
Dorsal diaphragm: It has 12 pairs (10 abdominal and 2 thoracic) of fan-like alary muscles. Alary muscles are triangular with pointed end attached to terga at lateral side and broad end lies between the heart and dorsal diaphragm.

Question 24.
Write a short note on haemolymph.
Answer:
Haemolymph: Haemolymph is colourless as it is without any pigment. It consists of plasma and seven types of blood cells/haemocytes. Plasma consists of water with some dissolved organic and inorganic solutes. It is rich in nutrients and nitrogenous wastes like uric acid.

Question 26.
What are spiracles?
Answer:
Spiracles: They are paired respiratory openings. Spiracles are present on the ventro-lateral side of the body, in pleural membrane. Cockroaches have two pairs of thoracic and eight pairs of abdominal spiracles.The spiracles open into a series of air sacs from which arise the tubes called trachea. The spiracles let the air into and out of trachea.

Question 27.
With the help of neat and labelled diagram, explain the tracheal system of cockroach.
Answer:
1. Cockroach has an internal respiratory system of air tubes called tracheal system by which the air is brought into the body and is in contact with every part of the body. It allows the exchange of gases directly between the air and tissues without the need of blood.
These air tubes of internal respiratory system begin at the opening on body surface called spiracles.

2. Spiracles: They are paired respiratory openings. Spiracles are present on the ventro-lateral side of the body, in pleural membrane. Cockroaches have two pairs of thoracic and eight pairs of abdominal spiracles.The spiracles open into a series of air sacs from which arise the tubes called trachea. The spiracles let the air into and out of trachea.

3. Trachea: The trachea form a definite pattern of branching tubes arranged transversely as well as longitudinally. They are about 1mm thick and have spiral or annular thickening of chitin. The inner lining of chitin prevents the trachea from collapsing. Each trachea further branches into smaller tubes called tracheoles.

4. Tracheoles: These are fine intracellular tubes that penetrate deep into tissues. They are thin and not lined by chitin. They end blindly in the cells. Each tracheole at the blind end is filled with a watery fluid through which exchange of gases takes place. The content of this fluid keeps changing. At high muscular activity, part of fluid part is drawn into the tissues to enable more and rapid oxygen intake.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 28.
Write a short note on Malpighian tubules.
Answer:

  1. Malpighian tubules are the main excretory organs of cockroach.
  2. They are thin, yellow coloured, ectodermal thread-like structures that lie in the
  3. These tubules are 150 in number. Malpighian tubules are attached to the alimentary canal between the midgut and hindgut.
  4. Each Malpighian tubule is lined with a single layer of glandular epithelial cells having microvilli. The distal portion of Malpighian tubule is secretory and the proximal part is absorptive in function.
  5. They extract water and nitrogenous wastes from the haemocoel and convert them into uric acid and pass them into ileum. As the cockroach excretes uric acid, it is said to be uricotelic.
  6. Also, fat bodies, nephrocytes and uricose glands (only in males) help in excretion.
  7. In cockroach, nephrocytes (urate cells) associated with fat bodies and cuticle are also believed to be excretory in function. The nephrocytes are cells present along with the fat bodies or present along the heart and store nitrogenous wastes.
  8. The excretory products later are removed in the haemocoel. Some nitrogenous wastes are deposited on the cuticle and eliminated during moulting.

Question 29.
Write a short note on peripheral nervous system of cockroach.
Answer:
Peripheral nervous system (PNS):

  1. The peripheral nervous system comprises of nerves that arise from various ganglia of CNS.
  2. Six pairs of nerves arise from the supra-oesophageal ganglia.They supply to the eyes, antenna and labrum.
  3. Nerves arising from the sub-oesophageal ganglion supply to the mandibles, maxillae and labium.
  4. Nerves arising from the thoracic ganglia supply to the wings, legs and internal thoracic organs.
  5. Nerves from abdominal ganglia go to the abdominal organs of respective abdominal segments.

Question 30.
Explain in detail the central nervous system of cockroach.
Answer:
Central nervous system (CNS): Central nervous system consists of nerve ring and ventral nerve cord.
Nerve ring consists of:

  1. a pair of supra-oesophageal ganglia
  2. a pair of circum-oesophageal connectives
  3. a pair of sub-oesophageal ganglia
  4. Supra-oesophageal ganglia or cerebral ganglia: A pair of supra-oesophageal ganglia is collectively known as the brain. Brain is present in head, above the oesophagus and between antennal bases. Each supra-oesophageal ganglion is formed by the fusion of three small ganglia – protocerebram, deutocerebrum and tritocerebrum.
  5. Circum-oesophageal connectives: Supra-oesophageal ganglia are connected to sub-oesophageal ganglion by a pair of lateral nerves called as circum-oesophageal connectives. Connectives arise from supra-oesophagial ganglia.
  6. Sub-oesophageal ganglia: It is a bilobed and present below the oesophagus, in head. It is also formed by the fusion of three pairs of ganglia.
  7. Ventral nerve cord:
  8. It arises from the sub-oesophageal ganglion. It is present along mid-ventral position, in perineural sinus.
  9. It is double ventral nerve cord and consists of nine segmental, paired ganglia.
  10. First three pairs of segmental ganglia are large and known as thoracic ganglia. The other six pairs of segmental ganglia are in abdomen (abdominal ganglia).
  11. 6th abdominal ganglion is the largest and it is present in 7th abdominal segment.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 31.
Enlist the four ganglia of autonomous nervous system of cockroach.
Answer:
Autonomic nervous system (ANS): It consists of four ganglia and a retrocerebral complex.
The ganglia are as follows:

  1. Frontal ganglion: It is present above the pharynx and in front of brain.
  2. Hypocerebral ganglion: It is present on the anterior region of oesophagus.
  3. Ingluvial ganglion: It is present on crop. It is also called as visceral ganglion.
  4. Ventricular ganglion: It is present on gizzard.

Question 32.
Explain the structures and functions of different parts involved in female reproductive system of cockroach.
Answer:

  1. Female reproductive system of cockroach consists a pair of ovaries, a pair of oviducts, vagina, spermatheca and accessory glands.
  2. Ovaries are primary reproductive organs. They are paired and lie lateral in position in 2nd – 6lh abdominal segments. Each ovary is formed of a group of 8 ovarian tubules or ovarioles, containing a chain of developing ova. All ovarioles of an ovary open in lateral oviduct of respective side.
  3. The lateral oviducts unite to form a common oviduct or vagina. Common oviduct or vagina opens into the Bursa copulatrix (genital chamber), the female organ of copulation.
  4. Spermatheca, is a sperm storing structure present in the 6th segment opens into genital chamber. It receives the sperms during copulation and store them for fertilization.
  5. Collaterial glands are accessory paired glands that open in genital chamber.
  6. Female gonapophyses consists of six chitinous plates surrounding the genital pore. In males, genital pouch or genital chamber lies at the hind end of abdomen which is bounded dorsally by 9th and 10th terga and ventrally b; male genital pore and gonapophysis.

Question 33.
Explain in detail male reproductive system of cockroach.
Answer:

  1. Male reproductive system includes primary and secondary reproductive organs.
  2. Primary sex organs (male gonads) are called testes. They are paired and located in the 4th and 6th abdominal segments. Sperms produced in testis are carried by vasa deferentia.
  3. Vasa deferentia is a pair of thin tubular structure that arise from the testes and open into ejaculatory duct through seminal vesicle. They carry sperms to ejaculatory duct.
  4. Ejaculatory duct opens into male gonopore situated ventral to anus.
  5. Sperms produced by testis are stored in seminal vesicles in the form of bundles called spermatophores. These spermatophores are deposited in female reproductive tract during copulation.
  6. Mushroom shaped gland or utricular gland is an accessory reproductive gland. It is present in the 6th – 7th abdominal segments.
  7. Male gonapophyses or phallomere form the external genitalia of male. These are three asymmetrical chitinous structures surrounding the male gonophore.

Question 34.
Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Cockroach shows ________ adaptations.
(A) Cursorial
(B) Arboreal
(C) Fossorial
(D) Aquatic
Answer:
(A) Cursorial

Question 2.
Cockroach is a/an animal.
(A) omnivorous
(B) nocturnal
(C) cursorial
(D) all of these
Answer:
(D) all of these

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 3.
Ocellar spots situated at the base of each antenna of cockroach is called as __________
(A) ommatidia
(B) lingua
(C) fenestrae
(D) proventrieulus
Answer:
(C) fenestrae

Question 4.
Foregut of cockroach is also known as ________ .
(A) stomodaeum
(B) mesenteron
(C) proctodaeum
(D) tergum
Answer:
(A) stomodaeum

Question 5.
Circlet of six chitinous teeth and backwardly directed bristles are present in _____ .
(A) fenestrae
(B) mesenteron
(C) rectum
(D) gizzard
Answer:
(D) gizzard

Question 6.
Blood filled cavity in cockroach is called ________
(A) haemocoel
(B) paracoel
(C) spongocoel
(D) metacoel
Answer:
(A) haemocoel

Question 7.
In cockroach, ventral nerve cord is present in the
(A) pericardial sinus
(B) perineural sinus
(C) head sinus
(D) perivisceral sinus
Answer:
(B) perineural sinus

Question 8.
In cockroach, malpighian tubules are present at junction of
(A) foregut and midgut
(B) midgut and hindgut
(C) hindgut and foregut
(D) foregut and hindgut
Answer:
(B) midgut and hindgut

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 9.
The main excretory organ of cockroach is
(A) gizzard
(B) malpighian tubules
(C) utricular gland
(D) mushroom shaped gland
Answer:
(B) malpighian tubules

Question 10.
Central nervous system consists of
(A) nerve ring
(B) ingluvial ganglion
(C) ventral nerve cord
(D) both (A) and (C)
Answer:
(D) both (A) and (C)

Question 11.
Common oviduct opens into
(A) phallomere
(B) bursa copulatrix
(C) utricular gland
(D) vagina
Answer:
(B) bursa copulatrix

Question 12.
________ are external genitalia of male cockroach.
(A) Phallomeres
(B) Utricular gland
(C) Seminal vesicles
(D) Spermatheca
Answer:
(A) Phallomeres

Question 13.
The total number of ovarian tubules in a female cockroach is
(A) 8
(B) 2
(C) 16
(D) 26
Answer:
(C) 16

Question 14.
The secretion of collaterial glands forms a capsule around them is called
(A) spermatophore
(B) nymph
(C) ootheca
(D) gonophore
Answer:
(C) ootheca

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 15.
Select the INCORRECT statement from the following.
(A) Head of cockroach is formed by the fusion of six segments.
(B) In cockroach, anus is present on ventral side of 10th segment.
(C) In cockroach, heart has 22 chambers.
(D) Cockroach has open type of circulatory system.
Answer:
(C) In cockroach, heart has 22 chambers.

Question 35.
Competitive Corner

Question 1.
Which of the following statements is INCORRECT?
(A) Female cockroach possesses sixteen ovarioles in the ovaries.
(B) Cockroaches exhibit mosaic vision with less sensitivity and more resolution.
(C) A mushroom-shaped gland is present in the 6th – 7th abdominal segments of male cockroach.
(D) A pair of spermatheca is present in the 6th segment of female cockroach.
Hint: Cockroaches exhibit mosaic vision with more sensitivity but less resolution.
Answer:
(B) Cockroaches exhibit mosaic vision with less sensitivity and more resolution.

Question 2.
Select the CORRECT sequence of organs in the alimentary canal of cockroach starting from mouth:
(A) Pharynx → Oesophagus → Gizzard → Ileum → Crop → Colon → Rectum
(B) Pharynx → Oesophagus → Ileum → Crop → Gizzard → Colon → Rectum
(C) Pharynx → Oesophagus → Crop Gizzard → Ileum → Colon → Rectum
(D) Pharynx → Oesophagus → Gizzard → Crop → Ileum → Colon → Rectum
Answer:
(C) Pharynx → Oesophagus → Crop Gizzard → Ileum → Colon → Rectum

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type : Cockroach

Question 3.
Which of the following features is used to identify a male cockroach from a female cockroach?
(A) Forewings with darker tegmina
(B) Presence of caudal styles
(C) Presence of a boat shaped sternum on the 9th abdominal segment
(D) Presence of anal cerci
Answer:
(B) Presence of caudal styles

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Bookkeeping and Accountancy 11th Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Bookkeeping and Accountancy 11th Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

1. Answer in One sentence only.

Question 1.
What do you mean by a Single Entry System?
Answer:
A system of bookkeeping in which an accountant or businessman records only one aspect of business transaction (either debit or credit and ignores the other aspect is called ‘Single Entry System’.

Question 2.
What is a Statement of Affairs?
Answer:
A list of all assets and liabilities prepared under a single entry system to find out capital balance is called a statement of affairs.

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 3.
Which type of accounts are normally not kept under the Single Entry System?
Answer:
Under a single entry system, records of impersonal accounts i.e. real accounts and nominal accounts are not maintained.

Question 4.
Which statement is prepared under the Single Entry system to ascertain the capital balances?
Answer:
A statement of Affairs is prepared under a single entry system to ascertain capital balances.

Question 5.
How Opening Capital is calculated under the Single Entry System?
Answer:
Under a single entry system, opening capital is ascertained by preparing the opening statement of affairs.

Question 6.
Which types of accounts are maintained under the Single Entry System?
Answer:
Under a single entry system, all personal accounts and cash accounts are maintained.

Question 7.
Can a Trial Balance be prepared under a Single Entry System?
Answer:
A trial balance cannot be prepared under a single entry system.

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 8.
Which type of organizations generally follow the Single Entry System?
Answer:
Organizations having small sizes of business such as sole trading concerns and partnership firms follow a single entry system.

2. Write a word, term, or phrase which can substitute each of the following statements.

Question 1.
A statement that is similar to the Balance Sheet.
Answer:
Statement of Affairs

Question 2.
The system of Accounting is normally suitable for small business organizations.
Answer:
Single Entry System

Question 3.
A statement similar to the Balance Sheet is prepared to find out the amount of opening capital.
Answer:
Opening Statement of Affairs

Question 4.
An excess of assets over liabilities.
Answer:
Capital

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 5.
Excess of closing capital over opening capital of proprietor under Single Entry System.
Answer:
Profit

Question 6.
Name of the method of accounting suitable to firms having limited transactions.
Answer:
Single Entry System

Question 7.
A System of accounting that is unscientific.
Answer:
Single Entry System

Question 8.
Further capital introduced by the proprietor in the business concern over and above his existing capital.
Answer:
Additional Capital

3. Select the most appropriate answer from the alternatives given below and rewrite the sentence.

Question 1.
The capital balances are ascertained by preparing _______________
(a) Statement of Affairs
(b) Cash Account
(c) Drawings Accounts
(d) Debtors Accounts
Answer:
(a) Statement of Affairs

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 2.
Under Single Entry System, Opening Capital = Opening Assets less _______________
(a) Opening Liabilities
(b) Closing Liabilities
(c) Debtors Account
(d) Creditors Account
Answer:
(a) Opening Liabilities

Question 3.
Additional Capital introduced during the year is _______________ from closing capital in order to find out the correct profit.
(a) Added
(b) Deducted
(c) Divided
(d) Ignored
Answer:
(b) Deducted

Question 4.
Single Entry System may be useful for _______________
(a) Sole traders
(b) Company
(c) Government
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) Sole traders

Question 5.
In order to find out the correct profit, drawings is _______________ from closing capital.
(a) Multiplies
(b) Divided
(c) Deducted
(d) Added
Answer:
(d) Added

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 6.
The difference between assets and liabilities is called _______________
(a) Capital
(b) Drawings
(c) Income
(d) Expenses
Answer:
(a) Capital

Question 7.
When Closing Capital is greater than the Opening Capital, the difference is _______________
(a) Profit
(b) Loss
(c) Assets
(d) Liabilities
Answer:
(a) Profit

Question 8.
Opening Capital is ₹ 30,000; Closing Capital is ₹ 60,000; Withdrawals are ₹ 5,000; and further capital brought in is ₹ 3,000; Profit is _______________
(a) ₹ 45,000
(b) ₹ 35,000
(c) ₹ 32,000
(d) ₹ 22,000
Answer:
(c) ₹ 32,000

4. State True or False with reasons:

Question 1.
The double Entry System of Book-keeping is a scientific method of books of accounts.
Answer:
This statement is True.
In the double-entry system of book-keeping, there are two-fold effects. Both the effects are recorded simultaneously with an equal amount. This system also follows principles and rules of debit and credit. Due to this, there are very fewer chances of mistakes. So double entry system of Book-Keeping is a scientific method of the book of accounts.

Question 2.
Preparation of Trial Balance is not possible under the Single Entry System.
Answer:
This statement is True.
Under the single entry system, only cash and personal accounts of debtors and creditors are open. So it is not possible to prepare. Trail balance under single entry system as it has incomplete information of Accounting.

Question 3.
Statement of Affairs and Balance Sheet are one and the same.
Answer:
This statement is False.
There is a difference between a statement of Affairs and the Balance sheet. Statement of Affair shows estimated values of assets and liabilities.

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 4.
The single Entry System is not useful for large organizations.
Answer:
This statement is True.
Under the Single Entry System, only the cash book and personal account of Debtor and Ciygditor are maintained. Real and Nominal accounts are not maintained. It has no proper set of rules to be followed. It is useful for small organisations and not for a large organisations.

Question 5.
Only Cash and Personal accounts are maintained under the Single Entry System.
Answer:
This statement is True.
The single Entry System is an ancient and unscientific method of recording business transactions. This system maintains minimum accounts so it is easy for traders to write books of accounts. This system does not follow any accounting rules. To know the cash collections and amount payable or receivable only cash and personal accounts are maintained under a single entry system.

5. Do you agree with the following statements?

Question 1.
Further capital introduced during the year increases profit.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 2.
Interest in Drawings decreases the amount of profit under the Single Entry System.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 3.
Real and Nominal accounts are not maintained under the Single Entry System.
Answer:
Agree

Question 4.
The single Entry System is based on certain rules and principles.
Answer:
Disagree

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 5.
Statement of Profit is just like Profit and Loss Account.
Answer:
Disagree

6. Fill in the Blanks.

Question 1.
Statement of Affairs is just like _______________
Answer:
Balance Sheet

Question 2.
Under Single Entry System, Profit = Closing Capital Less _______________
Answer:
Opening Capital

Question 3.
In order to find out the correct profit, drawings are _______________ to the closing capital.
Answer:
Added

Question 4.
In _______________ Book Keeping System, in every business transactions we find two effects.
Answer:
Double Entry System

Question 5.
The difference between Assets and Liabilities is called _______________
Answer:
Capital

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 6.
Single Entry System is more popular for _______________
Answer:
Sole Trader

Question 7.
Additional Capital introduced during the year is _______________ from Closing Capital in order to find out the correct profit.
Answer:
Deducted

Question 8.
Single Entry System is Suitable for _______________ business.
Answer:
Small

7. Find the odd one:

Question 1.
Interest on Drawings, Outstanding Expenses, Undervaluation of Assets, Prepaid Expenses.
Answer:
Outstanding Expenses

Question 2.
Interest on Capital, Interest on Loan, Overvaluation of Liabilities, Depreciation on Assets.
Answer:
Overvaluation of Liabilities

Question 3.
Creditors, Bills Payable, Bank Overdraft, Stock in Trade.
Answer:
Stock in Trade

8. Complete the following table:

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q1
Answer:
₹ 5,000

Question 2.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q2
Answer:
₹ 30,000

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 3.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q3
Answer:
₹ 5,000

Question 4.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q4
Answer:
₹ 25,000, ₹ 20,000

Question 5.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q5
Answer:
₹ 19,000

9. Complete the following table. Put Proper mark in Box.

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 9 Q1
Answer:

  1. Add
  2. Add
  3. Add
  4. Less
  5. Add
  6. Less
  7. Add
  8. Less
  9. Less
  10. Less

Practical Problems

Question 1.
Mr. Poonawala keeps his books under the Single Entry System and gives the following information.
Capital as of 31.3.2017 – ₹ 60,000
Capital as on 31.3.2018 – ₹ 1,00,000
Drawings made during the year ₹ 2,000
Additional capital introduced during the year ₹ 12,000
Calculate Profit or Loss during the year.
Solution:
In the books of Mr. Poonawala
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2018
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q1

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 2.
Sujit a small trader provides you with the following details of his business.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q2
Additional information:
1. Sujit withdraws ₹ 5,000 for his personal use, on 1st Oct. 2017.
2. He had also withdrawn ₹ 30,000 for rent of his residential flat.
3. Depreciation Furniture by 10% p.a. and writes off ₹ 1,000 from Motor Van.
4. Charge interest on Drawings ₹ 3,000.
5. 10% Govt. Bonds were purchased on 1st Oct. 2017.
6. Allow interest on capital at 10% p.a.
7. ₹ 1,000 is written off as bad debts and provides 5% p.a. R.D.D. on Debtors.
Prepare Opening Statement of Affairs, Closing Statement of Affairs, and Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ending 31st March 2018.
Solution:
In the books of Sujit
Opening and closing statement of Affairs as on _______________
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q2.1
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2018
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q2.2

Question 3.
Anjali keeps her books by the Single Entry System. Her position on 1.4.2016 was as follows.
Cash at Bank ₹ 4,000, Cash in Hand ₹ 1,000, Stock ₹ 6,000; Sundry Debtors ₹ 8,400, Plant and Machinery ₹ 7,500, Bill Receivable ₹ 2,600, Creditors ₹ 3500; Bills Payable ₹ 4,000
On 31.3.2017 her position was as follows; cash at Bank ₹ 3,900, Cash in Hand ₹ 2,000. Stock ₹ 9000, Sundry Debtors, ₹ 7,500; Plant and Machinery ₹ 7,500; Bills Payable ₹ 2,200, Bills Receivable ₹ 3,400; Creditors ₹ 1,500.
During the year Anjali introduced further Capital of ₹ 1,500 and she spent ₹ 700 per month for her personal use.
Depreciation Plant and Machinery by 5% p.a. and create Reserve for Doubtful debts @ 5% p.a. on the debtor. Prepare Opening and Closing Statement of Affairs and Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31.3.2017.
Solution:
In the books of Anjali
Opening and closing statement of Affairs as on _______________
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q3
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2017
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q3.1

Question 4.
Mr. Vijay is dealing in the business of fruits. He maintains an accounting record with a single entry. The following figures are taken from his record.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q4
Additional information:
1. Mr. Vijay introduced ₹ 7,000 as fresh capital.
2. He spent ₹ 40,000 from his business for his daughter’s marriage.
3. Depreciate Building by ₹ 6,000.
4. Create a 5% reserve for doubtful debts on Sundry Debtor.
Prepare:
1. Opening Statement of Affairs.
2. Closing Statement of Affairs
3. Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31.3.2018.
Solution:
In the books of Mr. Vijay
Opening and closing statement of Affairs as on _______________
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q4.1
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2018
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q4.2

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 5.
Miss. Fiza keeps her books on the Single Entry System and disclosed the following information about her business.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q5
Additional information:
1. Miss. Fiza transferred ₹ 2,000 per month during the first half-year and ₹ 1000 per month for the second half-year from a business account to her personal account.
2. She sold her private asset for ₹ 40,000 and brought the proceeds into her business.
3. She also took goods worth ₹ 12,000 for private use.
4. Plant and Machinery is to be depreciated by 10% p.a.
5. Provide R.D.D. on debtors at 5% p.a.
Prepare:
1. Opening Statement of Affairs
2. Closing Statement of Affairs
3. Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31.3.2018
Solution:
In the books miss Fiza
Opening and closing statement of Affairs as on _______________
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q5.1
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2018
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q5.2

Question 6.
Miss. Sanika keeps her books on the Single Entry System. The statement of affairs is given on 31st March 2018.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q6
On 31st March 2018 their Assets and Liabilities were as follows:
Plant and Machinery ₹ 42,000, Stock ₹ 38,000, Cash in Hand ₹ 10,000, Creditors ₹ 7,000, Debtors ₹ 25,000, Bills Payable ₹ 6,000
Drawings during the year were ₹ 5,500, Plant and Machinery were found Overvalued by 5% p.a. and Stock was found Undervalued by 20% p.a., R.D.D. was to be created at 10% p.a. on Debtors, Interest on Capital was allowed at 10% p.a.
Prepare:
1. Closing Statement of Affairs.
2. Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2018.
Solution:
In the books of miss Sanika
Closing statement of Affairs as on 31.03.2018
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q6.1
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2018.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q6.2
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q6.3

Question 7.
Mr. Suhas commenced his business with the Capital of ₹ 1,50,000 on 1st April 2017. His financial position was as follows as on 31st March 2018, Cash ₹ 20,000, Stock ₹ 15,000, Debtors ₹ 30,000, Premises ₹ 90,000, Vehicles ₹ 45,000, Creditors ₹ 18,500, Bills Payable ₹ 10,000.
Additional information:
1. He brought additional capital ₹ 10,000 on 30th Sept. 2017, Interest on capital is to be provided at 5% p.a.
2. He withdrew ₹ 15,000 for personal use on which interest is to be charged at 5% p.a.
3. Write off Bad debts ₹ 500.
Prepare:
1. Closing Statement of Affairs
2. Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31.3.2018.
Solution:
In the books of Mr. Suhas
Closing statement of Affairs as on 31.3.2018
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q7
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2018.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q7.1

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 8.
Ganesh keeps his books by the Single Entry Method. Following are the details of his business:
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q8
During the year he has withdrawn ₹ 25,000 for his private purpose and goods of ₹ 3,000 for household use. On 1st Oct. 2016. He sold his household furniture for ₹ 4,000 and deposited the same amount in a business Bank Account.
Provide Depreciation on Plant and Machinery at 10% p.a. (assuming additions were made on 1st Oct. 2016) and Furniture at 5%.
Prepare:
1. Opening Statement of Affairs
2. Closing Statement of Affairs
3. Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31.3.2017.
Solution:
In the books of Ganesh
Opening and Closing statement of Affairs as on _______________
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q8.1
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2017
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q8.2

Question 9.
Peter keeps his books on the Single Entry System. From the following particulars, Prepare Opening and Closing Statement of Affairs and Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ending 31st March 2018.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q9
Additional Information:
1. Peter has withdrawn ₹ 15,000 from the business for his personal use.
2. He has introduced additional capital of ₹ 10,000 in the business on 1st January 2018.
3. Depreciate furniture @ 10% p.a.
4. Maintain reserve for doubtful debts @ 5% on Sundry Debtors.
5. Closing Stock is overvalued by 25% in the books.
Solution:
In the books of Peter
Opening and closing statement of Affairs as on _______________
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q9.1
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2018
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q9.2

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 10.
Suresh keeps his books by the Single Entry System. His position on 1.4.2017 was as follows.
Cash at Bank ₹ 4,000, Cash in Hand ₹ 3,000; Stock ₹ 8,000; Sundry Debtors ₹ 9,000; Plant & Machinery ₹ 10,000; Bills Receivable ₹ 3000; Creditors ₹ 1500; Bills Payable ₹ 2000.
On 31st March 2018, his position was as follows:
Cash at bank ₹ 6,400; Cash in Hand ₹ 1,800; Stock ₹ 10000; Sundry and Debtors ₹ 8,000; Plant & Machinery ₹ 10,000; Bills Payable ₹ 4,000; Bills Receivable ₹ 5,200; Creditors ₹ 2,000 During the year Suresh introduced further capital of ₹ 3,000 and his drawings were ₹ 700 per months. Depreciate Plant & Machinery by 5% and create a reserve for bad doubtful debts @ 5%.
Prepare:
1. Opening Statement of Affairs
2. Closing Statement of Affairs
3. Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31.3.2018.
Solution:
In the books of Suresh
Opening and closing statement of Affairs as on _______________
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q10
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31st March 2018
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Practical Problems Q10.1

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Biology Textbook Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

Question (A)
Chemical nature of chitin is ____________ .
(A) protein
(B) carbohydrate
(C) lipid
(D) glycoprotein
Answer:
(B) carbohydrate & (D) glycoprotein

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

Question (B)
Cockroach has ___________ type of mouthparts.
(A) sponging
(B) chewing and biting
(C) piercing and sucking
(D) lapping
Answer:
(B) chewing and biting

Question (C)
Spiracle is a part of ________ system of cockroach.
(A) circulatory
(B) respiration
(C) reproductive
(D) nervous
Answer:
(B) respiration

Question (D)
________ is a part of digestive system.
(A) Trachea
(B) Hypopharynx
(C) Haemocyte
(D) Seminal vesicle
Answer:
(B) Hypopharynx

Question (E)
_________ is also called as brain of cockroach.
(A) Supra-oesophageal ganglion
(B) Sub-oesophageal ganglion
(C) Hypo-cerebral ganglion
(D) Thoracic ganglion
Answer:
(A) Supra-oesophageal ganglion

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

2. Answer the following questions

Question (A)
Describe the digestive system of cockroach.
OR
With the help of neat and labelled diagram, describe the digestive system of cockroach.
Answer:
1. Digestive system of cockroach consists of mouthparts, alimentary canal and salivary glands.
2. Mouthparts: Pre-oral cavity present in front of the mouth receives food. It is bounded by chewing and biting type of mouth parts.
These are movable, segmented appendages that help in ingestion of food. The mouthparts of cockroach comprises of:
(a) Labrum: It forms the upper lip. It is a single flap-like movable part which covers the mouth from upper side. It forms an anterior wall of pre¬oral cavity.
Function: It is useful in holding the food during feeding.

(b) Mandibles: These are two dark, hard, chitinous structures with serrated median margins.They are true jaws present on either side, behind the labrum.
Function: They perform co-ordinated side-wise movements with the help of adductor and abductor muscles to cut and crush the food.

(c) Maxillae: These are the accesssory jaws. They are also called as first pair of maxillae. These are situated on the either side of mouth behind the mandibles. Each maxilla consists of sclerites like cardo, stipes, galea, lacinia and maxillary palps.
Functions: Maxillae hold food, help mandibles for mastication. They are also used for cleaning the antennae and front legs. Maxillary palps act as tactile organs.

(d) Labium: It forms the lower lip. Labium is also known as second maxilla which covers the pre-oral cavity from the ventral side. It is firmly attached to the posterior part of head. It has three jointed labial palps which are sensory in function.
Function: It is useful in pushing the chewed food in the pre-oral cavity. It prevents the loss of food falling from the mandibles, while chewing.

(e) Hypopharynx: Hypopharynx is also known as lingua. It is a somewhat cylindrical single structure, located in front of the labium and between first maxillae. The salivary duct opens at the base of hypopharynx. Hypopharynx bears comb-like plates called super-lingua on either side. Hypopharynx is present at the centre of the mouth.
Function: It is useful in the process of feeding and mixing saliva with food.

3. Alimentary canal: It is long a (6 – 7cm) tube of different diameters with two openings.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 1

4. The alimentary canal is divisible into three parts: foregut, midgut and hindgut
(a) Foregut or stomodaeum: It consists of pharynx, oesophagus, crop and gizzard.
1. Pharynx: It is very short, narrow but muscular tube that opens into oesophagus.
Function: Conduction of food into the oesophagus.
2. Oesophagus: It is slightly long and narrow tube which opens into crop.
3. Crop: Crop is a large, pear shaped and sac- like organ.
Function: It temporarily stores the food and then sends it to gizzard.
4. Gizzard: Gizzard or proventricuius is a small spherical organ. It is provided internally with a circlet of six chitinous teeth and backwardly directed bristles.The foregut ends with gizzard.
Function: The chitinous teeth present in gizzard are responsible for crushing the food and the bristles help to filter the food.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 2

(b) Midgut or mesenteron: It consists of stomach and hepatic caeca.
1. Ventriculus or stomach: It is straight, short and narrow. Stomach is lined by glandular epithelium which secretes digestive enzymes.
Function: It is mainly responsible for digestion and absorption.
2. Hepatic caeca: These are thin, transparent, short, blind (closed) and hollow tubules.
Function: They secrete digestive enzymes.

(c) Hindgut or proctodaeum : It consists of ileum, colon and rectum.
1 Ileum: It is short and narrow part of hindgut. Malpighian tubules open in the anterior lumen of ileum, near the junction of midgut and hindgut. Posterior region of ileum contains sphincter.
Ileum directs the nitrogenous wastes and undigested food towards colon.
2. Colon: It is a longer and wider part of the hindgut. It directs waste material towards the rectum. It reabsorbs water from wastes as per the need.
3. Rectum: It is oval or spindle-shaped, terminal part of the hindgut. It contains six rectal pads along the internal surface for absorption of water. Rectum opens into anus. Anus is present on the ventral side of the 10th segment. It is the last or posterior opening of the digestive system. The undigested food is released out of the body through anus.

5. Salivary glands:
a. Cockroach has a pair of salivary glands which secrete saliva.
b. Each salivary gland has two glandular lobes and a receptacle or reservoir.
c. The glandular lobes consists of several irregular-shaped white coloured lobules which secrete saliva.
d. Each gland has a salivary duct.
Both the ducts unite to form a common salivary duct.
e. Receptacle of each salivary gland is thin-walled, elongated, sac-like structure. Each receptacle has a duct. These ducts unite to form common reservoir duct.
f. Common salivary duct and common reservoir duct unite together to form a common efferent salivary duct. The efferent salivary duct opens at the base of tongue or hypopharynx.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 3

Question (B)
Give an account on tracheal system of cockroach.
Answer:
1. Cockroach has an internal respiratory system of air tubes called tracheal system by which the air is brought into the body and is in contact with every part of the body. It allows the exchange of gases directly between the air and tissues without the need of blood.
These air tubes of internal respiratory system begin at the opening on body surface called spiracles.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 4
2. Spiracles: They are paired respiratory openings. Spiracles are present on the ventro-lateral side of the body, in pleural membrane. Cockroaches have two pairs of thoracic and eight pairs of abdominal spiracles.The spiracles open into a series of air sacs from which arise the tubes called trachea. The spiracles let the air into and out of trachea.

3. Trachea: The trachea form a definite pattern of branching tubes arranged transversely as well as longitudinally. They are about 1mm thick and have spiral or annular thickening of chitin. The inner lining of chitin prevents the trachea from collapsing. Each trachea further branches into smaller tubes called tracheoles.

4. Tracheoles: These are fine intracellular tubes that penetrate deep into tissues. They are thin and not lined by chitin. They end blindly in the cells. Each tracheole at the blind end is filled with a watery fluid through which exchange of gases takes place. The content of this fluid keeps changing. At high muscular activity, part of fluid part is drawn into the tissues to enable more and rapid oxygen intake.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

Question (C)
Describe the nervous system of cockroach.
Answer:
Nervous system in cockroach:
Nervous system of cockroach is ventral, solid and ganglionated. It consists of central nervous system (CNS), peripheral nervous system (PNS) and autonomous nervous system (ANS).
Central nervous system (CNS): Central nerv ous system consists of nerve ring and ventral nerve cord.
1. Nerve ring consists of:
a. a pair of supra-oesophageal ganglia
b. a pair of circum-oesophageal connectives
c. a pair of sub-oesophageal ganglia
(a) Supra-oesophageal ganglia or cerebral ganglia: A pair of supra-oesophageal ganglia is collectively known as the brain. Brain is present in head, above the oesophagus and between antennal bases. Each supra-oesophageal ganglion is formed by the fusion of three small ganglia – protocerebram, deutocerebrum and tritocerebrum.
(b) Circum-oesophageal connectives: Supra-oesophageal ganglia are connected to sub-oesophageal ganglion by a pair of lateral nerves called as circum-oesophageal connectives. Connectives arise from supra-oesophagial ganglia.
(c) Sub-oesophageal ganglia: It is a bilobed and present below the oesophagus, in head. It is also formed by the fusion of three pairs of ganglia.

2. Ventral nerve cord:
a. It arises from the sub-oesophageal ganglion. It is present along mid-ventral position, in perineural sinus.
b. It is double ventral nerve cord and consists of nine segmental, paired ganglia.
c. First three pairs of segmental ganglia are large and known as thoracic ganglia. The other six pairs of segmental ganglia are in abdomen (abdominal ganglia).
d. 6th abdominal ganglion is the largest and it is present in 7th abdominal segment.
e. There is no ganglion in 6th segment.

Peripheral nervous system (PNS):

  1. The peripheral nervous system comprises of nerves that arise from various ganglia of CNS.
  2. Six pairs of nerves arise from the supra-oesophageal ganglia.They supply to the eyes, antenna and labrum.
  3. Nerves arising from the sub-oesophageal ganglion supply to the mandibles, maxillae and labium.
  4. Nerves arising from the thoracic ganglia supply to the wings, legs and internal thoracic organs.
  5. Nerves from abdominal ganglia go to the abdominal organs of respective abdominal segments.
  6. Autonomic nervous system (ANS): It consists of four ganglia and a retrocerebral complex.

The ganglia are as follows:

  1. Frontal ganglion: It is present above the pharynx and in front of brain.
  2. Hypocerebral ganglion: It is present on the anterior region of oesophagus.
  3. Ingluvial ganglion: It is present on crop. It is also called as visceral ganglion.
  4. Ventricular ganglion: It is present on gizzard.

Question (D)
With the help of neat labelled diagram, describe female reproductive system of cockroach.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 5

  1. Female reproductive system of cockroach consists a pair of ovaries, a pair of oviducts, vagina, spermatheca and accessory glands.
  2. Ovaries are primary reproductive organs. They are paired and lie lateral in position in 2nd – 6lh abdominal segments. Each ovary is formed of a group of 8 ovarian tubules or ovarioles, containing a chain of developing ova. All ovarioles of an ovary open in lateral oviduct of respective side.
  3. The lateral oviducts unite to form a common oviduct or vagina.
    Common oviduct or vagina opens into the Bursa copulatrix (genital chamber), the female organ of copulation.
  4. Spermatheca, is a sperm storing structure present in the 6th segment opens into genital chamber. It receives the sperms during copulation and store them for fertilization.
  5. Collaterial glands are accessory paired glands that open in genital chamber.
  6. Female gonapophyses consists of six chitinous plates surrounding the genital pore.
  7. In males, genital pouch or genital chamber lies at the hind end of abdomen which is bounded dorsally by 9th and 10th terga and ventrally b; male genital pore and gonapophysis.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

Question (E)
Draw a labelled diagram of digestive system of a cockroach.
Answer:
1. Digestive system of cockroach consists of mouthparts, alimentary canal and salivary glands.
2. Mouthparts: Pre-oral cavity present in front of the mouth receives food. It is bounded by chewing and biting type of mouth parts.
These are movable, segmented appendages that help in ingestion of food. The mouthparts of cockroach comprises of:
(a) Labrum: It forms the upper lip. It is a single flap-like movable part which covers the mouth from upper side. It forms an anterior wall of pre¬oral cavity.
Function: It is useful in holding the food during feeding.
(b) Mandibles: These are two dark, hard, chitinous structures with serrated median margins.They are true jaws present on either side, behind the labrum.
Function: They perform co-ordinated side-wise movements with the help of adductor and abductor muscles to cut and crush the food.
(c) Maxillae: These are the accesssory jaws. They are also called as first pair of maxillae. These are situated on the either side of mouth behind the mandibles. Each maxilla consists of sclerites like cardo, stipes, galea, lacinia and maxillary palps.
Functions: Maxillae hold food, help mandibles for mastication. They are also used for cleaning the antennae and front legs. Maxillary palps act as tactile organs.
(d) Labium: It forms the lower lip. Labium is also known as second maxilla which covers the pre-oral cavity from the ventral side. It is firmly attached to the posterior part of head. It has three jointed labial palps which are sensory in function.
Function: It is useful in pushing the chewed food in the pre-oral cavity. It prevents the loss of food falling from the mandibles, while chewing.
(e) Hypopharynx: Hypopharynx is also known as lingua. It is a somewhat cylindrical single structure, located in front of the labium and between first maxillae. The salivary duct opens at the base of hypopharynx. Hypopharynx bears comb-like plates called super-lingua on either side. Hypopharynx is present at the centre of the mouth.
Function: It is useful in the process of feeding and mixing saliva with food,

3. Alimentary canal: It is long a (6 – 7cm) tube of different diameters with two openings.

4. The alimentary canal is into three parts: foregut, midgut and hindgut
(a) Foregut or stomodaeum: It consists of pharynx, oesophagus, crop and gizzard.
1. Pharynx: It is very short, narrow but muscular tube that opens into oesophagus.
Function: Conduction of food into the oesophagus.
2. Oesophagus: It is slightly long and narrow tube which opens into crop.
3. Crop: Crop is a large, pear shaped and sac- like organ.
Function: It temporarily stores the food and then sends it to gizzard.
4. Gizzard: Gizzard or proventricuius is a small spherical organ. It is provided internally with a circlet of six chitinous teeth and backwardly directed bristles.The foregut ends with gizzard.
Function: The chitinous teeth present in gizzard are responsible for crushing the food and the bristles help to filter the food.

(b) Midgut or mesenteron: It consists of stomach and hepatic caeca.
1. Ventriculus or stomach: It is straight, short and narrow. Stomach is lined by glandular epithelium which secretes digestive enzymes.
Function: It is mainly responsible for digestion and absorption.
2. Hepatic caeca: These are thin, transparent, short, blind (closed) and hollow tubules.
Function: They secrete digestive enzymes.

(c) Hindgut or proctodaeum : It consists of ileum, colon and rectum.
1 Ileum: It is short and narrow part of hindgut. Malpighian tubules open in the anterior lumen of ileum, near the junction of midgut and hindgut. Posterior region of ileum contains sphincter.
Ileum directs the nitrogenous wastes and undigested food towards colon.
2. Colon: It is a longer and wider part of the hindgut. It directs waste material towards the rectum. It reabsorbs water from wastes as per the need.
3. Rectum: It is oval or spindle-shaped, terminal part of the hindgut. It contains six rectal pads along the internal surface for absorption of water. Rectum opens into anus. Anus is present on the ventral side of the 10th segment. It is the last or posterior opening of the digestive system. The undigested food is released out of the body through anus.

5. Salivary glands:
a. Cockroach has a pair of salivary glands which secrete saliva.
b. Each salivary gland has two glandular lobes and a receptacle or reservoir.
c. The glandular lobes consists of several irregular-shaped white coloured lobules which secrete saliva.
d. Each gland has a salivary duct.
Both the ducts unite to form a common salivary duct.
e. Receptacle of each salivary gland is thin-walled, elongated, sac-like structure. Each receptacle has a duct. These ducts unite to form common reservoir duct.
f. Common salivary duct and common reservoir duct unite together to form a common efferent salivary duct. The efferent salivary duct opens at the base of tongue or hypopharynx.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

Question (F)
A student observed that the cockroaches are killed for dissection by simply putting them in soap water. He inquired whether soap is so poisonous. Teacher said it is due to its peculiar respiratory system. How?
Answer:
Cockroaches when put in soap solution, the solution enters into their body through the small respiratory openings called spiracles. The spiracles lead to trachea which further branches into smaller tubes called tracheoles. Each of these tracheoles has body fluid which acts as a stationary medium for diffusion. The soap solution rapidly diffuses through the entire respiratory system which may result in suffocation and eventually lead to the death of cockroach.

Question (G)
Describe the circulatory system of cockroach.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type Cockroach 6
1. Haemolymph: Haemolymph is colourless as it is without any pigment. It consists of plasma and seven types of blood cells/haemocytes. Plasma consists of water with some dissolved organic and inorganic solutes. It is rich in nutrients and nitrogenous wastes like uric acid.Cockroach has open circulatory system. It consists of colourless blood (haemolymph), a dorsal blood vessel (heart and dorsal aorta) and haemocoel.

2. Haemocoel: The body cavity of cockroach (haemocoel) can be divided into three sinuses due to two diaphragms i.e. dorsal and ventral diaphragm. These diaphragms are thin, fibromuscular septa (sing.septum)
which remain attached to terga along lateral sides at intermittent points.
(a) Dorsal diaphragm: It has 12 pairs (10 abdominal and 2 thoracic) of fan-like alary muscles. Alary muscles are triangular with pointed end attached to terga at lateral side and broad end lies between the heart and dorsal diaphragm.
(b) Ventral diaphragm: It is flat and present just above the ventral nerve cord. Laterally, it is attached to sterna at intermittent points.
(e) Sinuses: The coelom of cockroach is divided into three sinuses – pericardial sinus, perivisceral sinus and perineural sinus.

1. Pericardial sinus: It is dorsal, very small and contains dorsal vessel.
2. Perivisceral sinus: It is middle and largest sinus. It contains fat bodies and almost all major visceral organs of alimentary canal and reproductive system.
3. Perineural sinus: It is ventral, small and contains ventral nerve cord. It is continuous into legs. All the three sinuses communicate with each other through the pores present between two successive points of attachments of diaphragms.
4. Dorsal blood vessel: This is present in pericardial sinus, just below the tergum. It is divisible into posterior heart and anterior aorta (dorsal aorta/cephalic vessel).
(a) Heart: It is about 2.5 cm long, narrow, muscular tube that is open anteriorly and closed posteriorly. It starts from 9th abdominal segment and extends anteriorly upto 1st thoracic segment. Heart of cockroach is 13 chambered, out of which 10 chambers are in abdominal region and 3 chambers are in thoracic region. Each chamber has a pair of vertical slit-like incurrent aperture or opening called ostium (plural: ostia). Ostia are present along lateral side in the posterior region of first 12 chambers. Each ostium has lip-like valves that allow the flow of blood from sinus to heart only.
(b) Anterior aorta: Heart is continued by a short, thin-walled vessel called dorsal aorta. It lies in head region and opens in haemocoel.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

3. Answer the following questions

Question (A)
How will you identify male or female cockroach?
Answer:
Male and female cockroach can be identified with the help of following differences:

Male cockroach Female cockroach
1. Abdomen is relatively long and narrow. Abdomen is short and broad.
2. 7th tergum covers 8,h tergum. 7th tergum covers 8th and 9th terga.
3. Antennae are longer in size. Antennae are shorter in size.
4. Anal styles are present. Anal styles are absent.
5. Brood pouch is absent. Brood pouch is present.
6. All 9 sterna visible. Only 7 sterna visible.

Question (B)
Write a note on: Gizzard of cockroach.
Answer:
Gizzard: Gizzard or proventricuius is a small spherical organ. It is provided internally with a circlet of six chitinous teeth and backwardly directed bristles.The foregut ends with gizzard.
Function: The chitinous teeth present in gizzard are responsible for crushing the food and the bristles help to filter the food.

Question (C)
Give the systematic position of cockroach.
Answer:
Systematic position of cockroach:

Classi fication Reasons
Kingdom Animalia Cell wall absent, heterotrophic nutrition.
Phylum Arthropoda They have jointed appendages. Body is chitinous and segmented.
Class Insecta They possess two pairs of wings and three pairs of walking legs.
Genus Periplaneta Straight wings and nocturnal.
Species americana Originated in the continent of America.

Question (D)
What would have happened if cockroach did not have gizzard?
Answer:
1. The gizzard in cockroach is a spherical organ which has chitinous teeth and bristles.
2. The chitinous teeth present in gizzard are responsible for crushing the food and the bristles help to filter the food.
3. If the cockroach did not have gizzard, the food will not be crushed into small particles and unfiltered food will enter the hindgut. Thus, digestion will be affected in the absence of gizzard.

Question (E)
What is the functional difference between eyes of cockroach and human being?
Answer:
1. Cockroaches have compound eyes whereas humans have simple eyes.
2. Eyes of cockroach possess several ommatidia that collectively form an image and help them to detect even the slightest movement of its predator. They provide mosaic or hazy vision.
3. Human eyes contain single lens and a clear image is formed on the retina. Humans have binocular vision which provides an improved perception of depth and gives a three-dimensional image of their surroundings.

Question (F)
What is the functional difference between respiratory systems of cockroach and human being?
Answer:
The functional difference between the respiratory systems of cockroach and human being is that in respiratory system of cockroach transport of gases does not occur via. blood whereas in human respiratory system transport of gases takes place via blood. In cockroach, the circulatory system has no role in respiratory process whereas in humans, circulatory system plays an important in respiratory process.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

4. Explain the following in short.

Question (A)
What are anal cerci?
Answer:
1. Anal cerci are a pair of appendages at the end of the abdomen that arise from the 10th segment of the body of both male and female cockroach.
2. They are sensitive to wind movements and detect vibrations.

Question (B)
What is ganglion?
Answer:
1. Ganglion is a group of nerve cell bodies.
2. It represents the brain in advanced invertebrates.

Question (C)
Write a short note on hypopharynx.
Answer:
Hypopharynx: Hypopharynx is also known as lingua. It is a somewhat cylindrical single structure, located in front of the labium and between first maxillae. The salivary duct opens at the base of hypopharynx. Hypopharynx bears comb-like plates called super-lingua on either side. Hypopharynx is present at the centre of the mouth.
Function: It is useful in the process of feeding and mixing saliva with food.

Question (D)
What is mesentron?
Answer:
Midgut or mesenteron: It consists of stomach and hepatic caeca.
1. Ventriculus or stomach: It is straight, short and narrow. Stomach is lined by glandular epithelium which secretes digestive enzymes.
Function: It is mainly responsible for digestion and absorption.
2. Hepatic caeca: These are thin, transparent, short, blind (closed) and hollow tubules.
Function: They secrete digestive enzymes.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

Question (E)
Location of tergum.
Answer:
1. Tergum is a chitinous plate located in the abdomen of cockroach.
2. The abdomen is elongated and made up of ten segments. Each segment has a dorsal tergum and ventral sternum. Tergum is jointed to the sternum laterally by a soft cuticle called pleura.

Question (F)
What is ootheca?
Answer:
1. The secretion of collaterial glands forms a capsule around them is called as ootheca or egg case.
2. It is about 8 mm long and ranges from dark reddish to blackish brown.
3. Ootheca contains 14 to 16 fertilized eggs in two rows.
4. They are dropped or glued to a suitable surface, like a crack or crevice with good humidity near a food source.
5. A female cockroach on an average, produces 9 to 10 oothecae during its lifespan.

Question (G)
How many chambers are present in heart of a cockroach?
Answer:
13 chambers are present in heart of a cockroach, out of which 10 chambers are in abdominal region and 3 are in thoracic region.

Practical/Project:

Question 1.
Visit to nearest sericulture farm and study the life cycle of silk worm.
Answer:

  1. The life cycle of the silk moth consists of four stages namely, egg, larva, pupa and adult.
  2. Thousands of eggs deposited by female moths are incubated artificially to reduce the incubation period.
  3. Larvae hatching out of eggs are released on mulberry plants to obtain nourishment from mulberry leaves.
  4. After feeding for 3 – 4 weeks, larvae move to branches of mulberry plant.
  5. The silk thread is formed from the secretion of salivary glands of larvae.
  6. Larvae spin this thread around themselves forming a cocoon, which may be spherical in shape.
  7. Ten days before the pupa turns into an adult, all the cocoons are transferred into boiling water.
  8. Due to the boiling water, the pupa dies in the cocoon and silk fibres become loose.
  9. These fibres are then unwound, processed and reeled.
  10. Different kinds of fabric are woven from silk threads.

[The life cycle of silkworm is given for reference. Students are expected to visit the nearest sericulture farm and attempt this activity on their own.]

11th Biology Digest Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 127)

How many different types of animals are present around us?
Answer:
Animals on earth show great diversity. The different types of animals present around us are;
a. Unicellular and multicellular
b. Prokaryotic and eukaryotic
c. Vertebrates and invertebrates
d. Unisexual and hermaphrodite
e. Aquatic, terrestrial, amphibian, reptilian, aerial, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

Can a person do a complete detailed study of each of those animals?
Answer:
Yes, a person can do a complete detailed study of each of those animals. Classification of animals based on characteristics into various groups has made it easier to study them.

Which phylum is most diverse and populous?
Answer:
Phylum Arthropoda is most diverse and populous.

Curiosity box: (Textbook Page No. 127)

Why do insects need moulting?
Answer:
a. Insects undergo metamorphosis (change of form or structure in an individual after hatching or birth). Each time an insect enters the next growth stage it has to molt.
b. Moulting is the process in which formation of new chitinous exoskeleton and subsequent shedding of the old one occurs.
c. The insects need moulting as their exoskeleton is rigid unlike the skin and does not allow the body to grow.

What is the difference between simple and compound eyes?
Answer:

Simple eyes Compound eyes
1. Simple eyes contain single lens and several sensory cells. Compound eyes contain several lenses (around 2000) called ommatidia (sing. Ommatidium).
2. Single lens collect light and focuses onto retina to form a single image Each ommatidium forms an image of an object thereby forming several images of an ob ject.
3. Simple eye does not form a complex image but can detect movement of the object. Compound eye forms a complex image of an object 1 and detects even a slightest movement of the object.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Study of Animal Type: Cockroach

Use your brainpower. (Textbook Page No. 131)

Why do body cavity of cockroach is called as haemocoel?
Answer:
The body cavity of cockroach is known as haemocoel as it is filled with haemolymph (blood). Cockroaches have open type of circulation thus; the body cavity is filled with haemolymph.

Internet my friend. (Textbook Page No. 136)

Collect the information about techniques and objectives of rearing the cockroaches in countries like China and make a Powerpoint presentation including video clips.
Answer:
1. Cockroach rearing industry is a booming industry in China. Cockroaches are reared in more than hundred farms in China. A giant farm in China produces around 6 billion cockroaches.
2. It is believed that cockroaches can be used to prepare a medicine that can prevent stomach cancer. They are also used to treat compost waste.
[Students can search on internet for more information about the techniques and objectives of rearing the cockroaches]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 1.
Explain electronic theory of valence.
Answer:
Electronic theory of valence:

  • Electronic theory of valence was proposed by Kossel and Lewis in 1916.
  • They gave a logical explanation of valence which was based on the inertness of noble gases (that is, octet rule developed by Lewis).
  • According to Lewis, the atom can be pictured in terms of a positively charged ‘kernel’ (the nucleus plus inner electrons) and outer shell that can accommodate a maximum of eight electrons. This octet of electrons represents a stable electronic arrangement.
  • Thus, according to this theory, during the formation of a chemical bond, each atom loses, gains or shares outer electrons so that it achieves stable octet.
  • The formation of NaCl involves transfer of one electron from sodium (Na) to chlorine (Cl). Na+ and Cl ions are formed which are held together by chemical bond. The formation of H2, F2, Cl2, HCl, etc., involves sharing of a pair of electrons between the atoms. In both the cases, each atom attains a stable outer octet of electrons.

Question 2.
Give the significance of octet rule. Explain why this rule is not valid for H and Li atoms.
Answer:
i. Significance: Octet rule is found to be very useful:

  • in explaining the normal valence of elements
  • in the study of the chemical combination of atoms leading to the formation of molecule.

ii. Octet rule is not valid for H and Li atoms. According to octet rule, during the formation of a chemical bond, each atom loses, gains or shares electrons so that it achieves stable octet (eight electrons in the valence shell). However, H and Li atoms tend to have only two electrons in their valence shell similar to that of Helium (1s2), which called duplet. Hence, octet rule is not valid for H and Li atoms.

Question 3.
Define ionic bond.
Answer:
The bond formed by complete transfer of one or more electrons from an electropositive atom to an electronegative atom, leading to formation of ions which are held together by electrostatic attraction is called ionic bond or electrovalent bond.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 4.
Explain the formation of ionic bond in sodium chloride (NaCl).
Answer:
Formation of sodium chloride (NaCl):
i. The electronic configurations of sodium and chlorine are:
Na (Z = 11): 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1 or (2, 8, 1)
Cl (Z = 17): 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p5 or (2, 8, 7)
ii. Sodium has one electron in its valence shell. It has tendency to lose one electron to acquire the electronic configuration of the nearest inert gas, neon (2, 8).
iii. Chlorine has seven electrons in its valence shell. It has tendency to gain one electron and thereby acquire the electronic configuration of the nearest inert gas, argon (2, 8, 8).
iv. During the combination of sodium and chlorine atoms, the sodium atom transfers its valence electron to the chlorine atom.
v. Sodium atom changes into Na+ ion while the chlorine atom changes into Cl ion. The two ions are held together by strong electrostatic force of attraction.
vi. The formation of ionic bond between Na and Cl can be shown as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 1

Question 5.
Explain the formation of ionic bonds in calcium chloride (CaCl2).
Answer:
Formation of calcium chloride (CaCl2):
i. The electronic configurations of calcium and chlorine are:
Na (Z = 11): 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 or (2, 8, 8, 2)
Cl (Z = 17): 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p5 or (2, 8, 7)
ii. Calcium has two electrons in its valence shell. It has tendency to lose two electrons to acquire the electronic configuration of the nearest inert gas, argon (2, 8, 8).
iii. Chlorine has seven electrons in its valence shell. It has tendency to gain one electron and thereby acquire the electronic configuration of the nearest inert gas, argon (2, 8, 8).
iv. During the combination of calcium and chlorine atoms, the calcium atom transfers its valence electrons to two chlorine atoms.
v. Calcium atom changes into Ca2+ ion while the two chlorine atoms change into two Cl ions. These ions are held together by strong electrostatic force of attraction.
vi. The formation of ionic bond(s) between Ca and Cl can be shown as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 2

Question 6.
What are ionic solids?
Answer:
Ionic solids are solids which contain cations and anions held together by ionic bonds.
e.g. Sodium chloride (NaCl), Calcium chloride (CaCl2)

Question 7.
Define lattice enthalpy.
Answer:
Lattice enthalpy of an ionic solid is defined as the energy required to completely separate one mole of solid ionic compound into the gaseous components.
Note: Lattice enthalpy values of some ionic compounds:

Compound Lattice enthalpy kJ mol1
LiCl 853
NaCl 788
BeF2 3020
CaCl2 2258
AlCl3 5492

Question 8.
Arrange NaCl, CaCl2 and AlCl3 in increasing order of lattice enthalpy (positive value). Justify your answer.
Answer:
Compounds having cations with higher charge have large lattice enthalpy (higher positive value) than compounds having cations with lower charge.
Hence, the correct order is NaCl < CaCl2 < AlCl3.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 9.
Lattice enthalpy of LiF is more than that of NaF. Explain.
Answer:
As the size of the cation decrease, lattice enthalpy increases. Li+ ion is smaller than Na+ ion. Hence, lattice enthalpy of LiF is more than that of NaF.

Question 10.
Define covalent bond.
Answer:
The attractive force which exists due to the mutual sharing of electrons between the two atoms of similar electronegativity or having small difference in electronegativities is called a covalent bond.

Question 11.
Explain the formation of covalent bond in H2 molecule.
Answer:
Formation of H2 molecule:
i. The electronic configuration of H atom is 1s1.
ii. It needs one more electron to complete its valence shell.
iii. When two hydrogen atoms approach each other at a certain internuclear distance, they share their valence electrons.
iv. The shared pair of electrons belongs equally to both the hydrogen atoms. The two atoms are said to be linked by a single covalent bond and a H2 molecule is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 3

Question 12.
Explain the formation of covalent bond in Cl2 molecule.
Answer:
Formation of Cl2 molecule:
i. The electronic configuration of Cl atom is [Ne] 3s2 3p5.
ii. It needs one more electron to complete its valence shell.
iii. When two chlorine atoms approach each other at a certain internuclear distance, they share their valence electrons. In the process, both the atoms attain the valence shell of octet of nearest noble gas, argon.
iv. The shared pair of electrons belongs equally to both the chlorine atoms. The two atoms are said to be linked by a single covalent bond and a Cl2 molecule is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 4

Question 13.
What are the important features of covalent bond?
Answer:

  • Each covalent bond is formed as a result of sharing of electron pair between the two atoms.
  • When a covalent bond is formed, each combining atom contributes one electron to the shared pair.
  • The combining atoms attain the outer shell noble gas configuration as a result of the sharing of electrons.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 14.
Explain the types of covalent bond with suitable examples.
Answer:
The three types of covalent bonds are as follows.
i. Single bond: When two combining atoms share one electron pair, the covalent bond between them is called single bond.
Single bond is observed in number of molecules.
e.g. H2, Cl2, water molecule, etc.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 5

ii. Double bond: When two combining atoms share two pairs of electrons, the covalent bond between them is called a double bond, e.g. Double bond is present in C2H4 molecule
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 6

iii. Triple bond: When two combining atoms share three pairs of electrons, the covalent bond between them is called a triple bond, e.g. Triple bond is present in N2 molecule.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 7
Note: Formation of covalent bonds in CO2, CCl4 and C2H2:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 8

Question 15.
Distinguish between ionic bond and covalent bond.
Answer:
Ionic bond:

  1. It is formed by the transfer of electrons from one atom to another.
  2. It is formed by the transfer of electrons from one atom to another.
  3. In this, oppositely charged ions are formed.
  4. There are no multiple ionic bonds.
  5. This bond usually exists between metal and non-metal atoms.
  6. e.g. NaCl, CaCl2

Covalent bond:

  1. It is formed by sharing of electrons.
  2. Atoms are held together due to shared pair of electrons.
  3. In this, oppositely charged ions are not formed.
  4. Covalent bonds may be single or double or triple bonds.
  5. This bond usually exists between non-metal atoms.
  6. e.g. H2, Cl2

Question 16.
What are the steps to write Lewis dot structure?
Answer:
Steps to write Lewis dot structures:

  • Add the total number of valence electrons of combining atoms in the molecule.
  • In anions, add one electron for each negative charge.
  • In cations, subtract one electron from valence electrons for each positive charge.
  • Write skeletal structure of the molecule to show the atoms and number of valence electrons forming the single bond between the atoms.
  • Add remaining electron pairs to complete the octet of each atom.
  • If octet is not complete form multiple bonds between the atoms such that octet of each atom is complete.
  • In polyatomic atoms and ions, the least electronegative atom is the central atom.
    e.g. In \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\) ion, ‘S’ is the central atom and in \(\mathrm{NO}_{3}^{-}\), ‘N’ is the central atom.
  • After writing the number of electrons as shared pairs forming single bonds, the remaining electron pairs are used either for multiple bonds or they remain as lone pairs.

Question 17.
Write the Lewis structure of nitrite ion, \(\mathrm{NO}_{2}^{-}\).
Answer:
Step I: Count the total number of valence electrons of nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and one electron of additional negative charge.
Valence shell configuration of nitrogen and oxygen are:
N ⇒ (2s2 2p3), O ⇒ (2s2 2p4)
The total electrons available are:
5 + (2 × 6) + 1 = 18 electrons
Step II: The skeletal structure of \(\mathrm{NO}_{2}^{-}\) is written as O N O
Step III: Draw a single bond i.e., one shared electron pair between the nitrogen and each oxygen atoms. Then distribute the remaining electrons to achieve noble gas configuration for each atom. This does not complete the octet of nitrogen.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 9
Hence, there is a multiple bond between nitrogen and one of the oxygen atoms (a double bond). The remaining two electrons constitute a lone pair on nitrogen.
Following are Lewis dot structures of \(\mathrm{NO}_{2}^{-}\).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 10

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 18.
Write the Lewis structure of CO molecule.
Answer:
Step I: Count number of electrons of carbon and oxygen atoms. The valence shell configuration of carbon and oxygen atoms are: 2s2 2p2 and 2s2 2p4, respectively. The valence electrons available are:
4 + 6=10
Step II: The skeletal structure of CO is written as
C O
Step III: Draw a single bond (One shared electron pair) between C and O and complete the octet on O. The remaining two electrons is a lone pair on C.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 11
The octet on carbon is not complete. Hence, there is a multiple bond between C and O (a triple bond between C and O atom). This satisfies the octet rule for carbon and oxygen atoms.
The Lewis structure of CO molecule is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 12

Question 19.
Explain the term formal charge.
Answer:
i. Formal charge is the charge assigned to an atom in a molecule, assuming that all electrons are shared equally between atoms, regardless of their relative electronegativities.
ii. While determining the best Lewis structure per molecule, the structure is chosen such that the formal charge is as close to zero as possible.
iii. The structure having the lowest formal charge has the lowest energy.
iv. Formal charge is assigned to an atom based on electron dot structures of the molecule/ion.
v. Formal charge on an atom in a Lewis structure of a polyatomic species can be determined using the following formula:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 13

Question 20.
Explain the calculation of the formal charge on oxygen atoms in case of O3 (ozone) molecule.
Answer:
i. Lewis dot structure of O3 (ozone) molecule is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 14
Three oxygen atoms are present in the O3 molecule and are labelled as 1, 2 and 3.
ii. Formal charges on oxygen atoms labelled as 1, 2, 3 are calculated as shown below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 15
iii. On the basis of the formal charge values, O3 is shown as
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 16
[Note: Indicating the charges on the atoms in the Lewis structure helps in keeping track of the valence electrons in the molecule. Formal charges help in the selection of the lowest energy structure from a number of possible Lewis structures for a given species.]

Question 21.
CO2 can be represented by following three structures:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 17
Calculate the formal charge on each atom in all the three structures of CO2 molecule. Identify the structure with lowest energy.
Answer: Formal charges on atoms labelled as 1, 2, 3 are calculated as shown below:
Structure (I):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 18
Structure (II):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 19
Structure (III):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 20
While determining the best Lewis structure per molecule, the structure is chosen such that the formal charge is as close to zero as possible. The structure having the lowest formal charge has the lowest energy.

In structure (I), the formal charge on each atom is 0 while in structures (II) and (III) formal charge on carbon is 0 while oxygens have formal charge -1 or +1. Hence, the possible structure with the lowest energy will be structure (I). Thus, formal charges help in the selection of the lowest energy structure from a number of possible Lewis structures for a given species.

Question 22.
Find out the formal charges on S, C and N.
(S = C = N) ; (S – C ≡ N) ; (S ≡ C – N)
Answer:
Step I:
Write Lewis dot diagrams for the structures:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 21
Step II:
Assign formal charges for all the atoms:
F.C. = V.E. – N.E. – 1/2 (B.E.)
Structure A:
Formal charge on S = 6 – 4 – 1/2(4) = 0
Formal charge on C = 4 – 0 – 1/2 (8) = 0
Formal charge on N = 5 – 4 – 1/2 (4) = -1
Structure B:
Formal charge on S = 6 – 6 – 1/2(2) = -1
Formal charge on C = 4 – 0 – 1/2 (8) = 0
Formal charge on N = 5 – 2 – 1/2 (6) = 0
Structure C:
Formal charge on S = 6 – 2 – 1/2(6) = +1
Formal charge on C = 4 – 0 – 1/2(8) = 0
Formal charge on N = 5 – 6 – 1/2(2) = -2

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 23.
Give the limitations of octet rule:
Answer:
Limitations of octet rule:
i. Octet rule does not explain stability of some molecules.
The octet rule is based on the inert behaviour of noble gases, which have their octet complete i.e., have eight electrons in their valence shell. It is very useful to explain the structures and stability of organic molecules. However, there are many molecules whose existence cannot be explained by the octet theory. The central atoms in these molecules does not have eight electrons in their valence shell, and yet they are stable.
Such molecules can be categorized as having:
a. Incomplete octet
b. Expanded octet
c. Odd electrons

a. Molecules with incomplete octet: e.g. BF3, BeCl2, LiCl
In these covalent molecules, the atoms B, Be and Li have less than eight electrons in their valence shell but these molecules are stable.
Li in LiCl has only two electrons, Be in BeCl2 has four electrons while B in BF3 has six electrons in the valence shell.

b. Molecules with expanded octet: Some molecules like SF6, PCl5, H2SO4 have more than eight electrons around the central atom.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 22

c. Odd electron molecules:
Some molecules like NO (nitric oxide) and NO2 (nitrogen dioxide) do not obey the octet rule. These molecules, have odd number of valence electrons.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 23
ii. The observed shape and geometry of a molecule, cannot be explained, by the octet rule.
iii. Octet rule fails to explain the difference in energies of molecules, though all the covalent bonds are formed in an identical manner, that is, by sharing a pair of electrons. The rule fails to explain the differences in reactivities of different molecules.
Note: Sulphur also forms many compounds in which octet rule is obeyed. For example, in sulphur dichloride, the sulphur atom has eight electrons around it.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 24

Question 24.
State the basic idea on which VSEPR theory was proposed by Sidgwick and Powell.
Answer:
Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) theory is based on the basic idea that the electron pairs on the atoms shown in the Lewis diagram repel each other. In the real molecule, they arrange themselves in such a way that there is minimum repulsion between them.

Question 25.
Give the rules of VSEPR Theory.
Answer:
Rules of VSEPR Theory:
i. Electron pairs arrange themselves in such a way that repulsion between them is minimum.
ii. The molecule acquires minimum energy and maximum stability.
iii. Lone pair of electrons also contribute in determining the shape of the molecule.
iv. Repulsion of other electron pairs by the lone pair (L.P.) stronger than that of bonding pair (B.P.).
Trend for repulsion between electron pair is as follows:
L.P. – L.P. > L.P. – B.P. > B.P. – B.P.
Lone pair-Lone pair repulsion is maximum because this electron pair is under the influence of only one nucleus while the bonded pair is shared between two nuclei.
Thus, the number of lone pair and bonded pair of electrons decide the shape of the molecules. Molecules having no lone pair of electrons have a regular geometry.

Note:
i. Electron pair geometry: The arrangement of electrons around the central atom is called as electron pair geometry. These electron pairs may be shared in a covalent bond or they may be lone pairs.
ii. Geometry of some molecules (having no lone pair of electrons):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 25
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 26
iii. Geometry of some molecules (having one or more lone pairs of electrons):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 27
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 28

Question 26.
Match the following:

Molecule Shape
i. SbF5 a. Trigonal bipyramidal
ii. SO2 b. Bent
iii. SF4 c. Square pyramidal
iv. IF5 d. See-saw

Answer:
i – a,
ii – b,
iii – d,
iv – c

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 27.
Complete the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 29
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 30

Question 28.
Explain geometry of NH3 molecule according to VSEPR theory.
Answer:

  • In NH3 molecule, the central atom nitrogen has five electrons in its valence shell. On bond formation with three hydrogen atoms, there are 8 electrons in the valence shell of nitrogen. Out of these, three pairs are bond pairs (N – H covalent bonds) and one forms lone pair. The expected geometry is tetrahedral and bond angle is 109° 28′.
  • There are two types of repulsions between the electron pairs: Lone pair – bond pair and bond pair – bond pair
  • The lone pair – bond pair repulsions are stronger and the bonded pairs are pushed inwards. Thus, reducing the bond angle to 107°18′ and shape of the molecule becomes trigonal pyramidal.

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 31

Question 29.
Explain geometry of H2O molecule according to VSEPR theory.
Answer:

  • In H2O molecule, the central atom oxygen has six electrons in its valence shell. On bond formation with two hydrogen atoms, there are 8 electrons in the valence shell of oxygen. Out of these, two pairs are bond pairs and two are lone pairs.
  • Due to lone pair – lone pair repulsion, the lone pairs are pushed towards the bond pairs and bond pair – lone pair repulsions become stronger thereby reducing the H-O-H bond angle from 109° 28′ to 104° 35′ and the geometry of the molecule becomes angular (bent).

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 32

Question 30.
Write the postulates of Valence Bond Theory.
Answer:
Postulates of Valence Bond Theory:

  • A covalent bond is formed when the half-filled valence orbital of one atom overlaps with the half-filled valence orbital of another atom.
  • The electrons in the half-filled valence orbitals must have opposite spins.
  • During bond formation, the half-filled orbitals overlap and the opposite spins of the electrons get neutralized. The increased electron density decreases the nuclear repulsion and energy is released during overlapping of the orbitals.
  • Greater the extent of overlap, stronger is the bond formed. However, complete overlap of orbitals does not take place due to intemuclear repulsions.
  • If an atom possesses more than one unpaired-electrons, then it can form more than one bond. So, number of bonds formed will be equal to the number of half-filled orbitals in the valence shell i.e., number of unpaired electrons.
  • The distance at which the attractive and repulsive forces balance each other is the equilibrium distance between the nuclei of the bonded atoms. At this distance, the total energy of the two bonded atoms is minimum and stability of the molecule is maximum.
  • Electrons which are paired in the valence shell cannot participate in bond formation. However, in an atom if there is one or more vacant orbital present then these electrons can unpair and participate in bond formation provided the energies of the filled and vacant orbitals differ slightly from each other.
  • During bond formation, the ‘s’ orbital which is spherical can overlap in any direction. The ‘p’ orbitals can overlap only in the x, y or z directions. Similarly, ‘d’ and ‘f orbitals are oriented in certain directions in space and overlap only in these directions. Thus, the covalent bond is directional in nature.

Note: In order to explain the covalent bonding, Heitler and London developed the valence bond theory on the basis of wave mechanics. This theory was further extended by Pauling and Slater.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 31.
Explain the formation of hydrogen molecule with the help of potential energy curve.
OR
Explain the formation of H2 on the basis of VBT.
Answer:
Formation of H2 on the basis of VBT:

  • Hydrogen atom has electronic configuration 1s1. It contains one unpaired electron in its valence shell.
  • When the two hydrogen atoms containing unpaired electrons with opposite spins are separated by a large distance, they can neither attract nor repel each other (there are no interactions between them). The energy of the system is the sum of the potential energies of the two atoms which is arbitrarily taken as zero.
  • When the two atoms approach each other, attractive and repulsive forces begin to operate on them. Experimentally, it has been found that during formation of hydrogen molecule, the magnitude of the newly developed attractive forces contributes more than the newly developed repulsive forces. As a result, the potential energy of the system begins to decrease.
  • As the atoms come closer to one another the energy of the system decreases. The overlap of the atomic orbitals increases only up to a certain distance between the two nuclei, where the attractive and repulsive forces balance each other and the system attains minimum energy. At this stage, a stable bond is formed between the two atoms.
  • If the distance between the two atoms is decreased further, the repulsive forces exceed the attractive forces and the energy of the system increases and stability decreases.
  • When two hydrogen atoms with electrons having parallel spin approach each other, the potential energy of the system increases and bond formation does not take place.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 33

Question 32.
Define:
i. Sigma overlap
ii. pi overlap
Answer:
i. Sigma overlap (σ bond): When two half-filled orbitals of two atoms overlap along the internuclear axis, it is called as sigma overlap or sigma bond.
ii. pi overlap (π bond): When two half-filled orbitals of two atoms overlap side-ways (laterally), it is called as π overlap or π bond.

Question 33.
Explain with example:
i. s-s σ overlap
ii. p-p σ overlap
iii. s-p a overlap
Answer:
i. s-s σ overlap:
a. The overlap between two half-filled s orbitals of two different atoms containing unpaired electrons with opposite spins is called s-s overlap.
e.g. Formation of H2 molecule by s-s overlap:
Hydrogen atom (Z = 1) has electronic configuration: 1s1. The 1s1 orbitals of two hydrogen atoms overlap along the internuclear axis to form a σ bond between the atoms in H2 molecule.
b. Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 34

ii. p-p σ overlap:
a. This type of overlap takes place when two p orbitals from different atoms overlap along the internuclear axis.
e.g. Formation of F2 molecule by p-p overlap:
Fluorine atom (Z = 9) has electronic configuration 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{2}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{2}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{1}\).
During the formation of F2 molecule, half-filled 2pz orbital of one F atom overlaps with similar half-filled 2pz orbital containing electron with opposite spin of another F atom axially and a p-p σ bond is formed.
b. Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 35

iii. s-p σ overlap:
a. In this type of overlap one half filled s orbital of one atom and one half filled p orbital of another orbital overlap along the internuclear axis.
e.g. Formation of HF molecule by s-p overlap:
Hydrogen atom (Z = 1) has electronic configuration: 1s1 and fluorine atom (Z = 9) has electronic configuration 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{2}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{2}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{1}\). During the formation of HF molecule, half-filled 1s orbital of hydrogen atom overlaps coaxially with half-filled 2pz orbital of fluorine atom with opposite electron spin and an s-p σ bond is formed.
b. Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 36

Question 34.
Explain the formation of π bond with diagram.
OR
Explain π overlap with diagram.
Answer:

  • When two half-filled p orbitals of two atoms overlap side-ways (laterally), it is called π overlap and the bond formed is called π bond.
  • π bond is perpendicular to the intemuclear axis.

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 37

Question 35.
Identify the type of bond formed:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 38
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 39
Answer:
i. σ bond
ii. π bond
iii. σ bond
iv. σ bond

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 36.
Explain divalency of beryllium, though number of unpaired electrons in a beryllium atom is zero.
Answer:
Beryllium (Z = 4) has electronic configuration 1s2 2s2 in its ground state.
When one of the 2s electrons of Be is promoted to the vacant 2p orbital, the electronic configuration of Be in its excited state becomes 1s2 2s1 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{1}\). This is called formation of an excited state and it has two unpaired electrons. Hence, though the number of unpaired electrons in the ground state of Be atom is zero, beryllium shows divalency.

Question 37.
Define the term hybridization.
Answer:
Hybridization is defined as the process of mixing of valence orbitals of same atom and recasting them into equal number of new equivalent orbitals (hybrid orbitals).

Question 38.
Explain in detail the steps involved in hybridization.
Answer:
Steps involved in hybridization:
i. Formation of the excited state:
a. The paired electrons in the ground state are uncoupled and one electron is promoted to the vacant orbital having slightly higher energy.
b. Now, total number of half-filled orbitals is equal to the valency of the element in the stable compound, e.g. In BeF2, valency of Be is two. In the excited state, one electron from 2s orbital is uncoupled and promoted to 2p orbital.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 40

ii. Mixing and recasting:

  • In this step, the two ‘s’ and ‘p’ orbitals having slightly different energies mix with each other.
  • Redistribution of electron density and energy takes place and two new orbitals having exactly same shape and energy are formed.
  • These new orbitals arrange themselves in space in such a way that there is minimum repulsion and maximum separation between them. e.g. During formation of sp hybrid orbitals as in Be, the two sp hybrid orbitals form an angle of 180° with each other.

Question 39.
List the important conditions required for hybridization.
Answer:
Conditions for hybridization:

  • Orbitals belonging to the same atom can participate in hybridization.
  • Orbitals having nearly same energy can undergo hybridization.

[Note: 2s and 2p orbitals of the same atom undergo hybridization but 3s and 2p orbitals of the same atom do not.]

Question 40.
Enlist the characteristic features of hybrid orbitals.
Answer:
Characteristic features of hybrid orbitals:

  • Number of hybrid orbitals formed is exactly the same as the participating atomic orbitals.
  • They have same energy and shape.
  • Hybrid orbitals are oriented in space in such a way that there is minimum repulsion and thus are directional in nature.
  • The hybrid orbitals are different in shape from the participating atomic orbitals, but they bear the characteristics of the atomic orbitals from which they are derived.
  • Each hybrid orbitals can hold two electrons with opposite spins.
  • A hybrid orbital has two lobes on the two sides of the nucleus. One lobe is large and the other small.
  • Covalent bonds formed by hybrid orbitals are stronger than those formed by pure orbitals, because the hybrid orbital has electron density concentrated on the side with a larger lobe and the other is small allowing greater overlap of the orbitals.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 41.
Explain with diagrams:
i. sp3 hybridization
ii. sp2 hybridization
iii. sp hybridization
Answer:
i. sp3 hybridization:
In this type, one s and three p orbitals having comparable energy mix and recast to form four sp3 hybrid orbitals, ‘s’ orbital is spherically symmetrical while the px, py, pz, orbitals have two lobes and are directed along x, y and z axes, respectively.

The four sp3 hybrid orbitals formed are equivalent in energy and shape. They have one large lobe and one small lobe. They are at an angle of 109° 28′ with each other in space and point towards the comers of a tetrahedron. CH4, NH3, H2O are examples where the orbitals on central atom undergo sp3 hybridization.

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 41

ii. sp2 hybridization:
This hybridization involves the mixing of one s and two p orbitals to give three sp2 hybrid orbitals of same energy and shape. The three orbitals are maximum apart and oriented at an angle of 120° and are in one plane. The third p orbital does not participate in hybridization and remains at right angles to the plane of the sp2 hybrid orbitals. BF3, C2H4 molecules are examples of sp2 hybridization.
Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 42

iii. sp hybridization:
In this type, one s and one p orbital undergo mixing and recasting to form two sp hybrid orbitals of same energy and shape. The two hybrid orbitals are placed at an angle of 180°. Other two p orbitals do not participate in hybridization and are at right angles to the hybrid orbitals. For example, BeCl2 and acetylene molecule (HC ≡ CH).
Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 43

Question 42.
Explain the formation of an ammonia molecule on the basis of hybridization.
Answer:
Formation of an ammonia (NH3) molecule on the basis of sp3 hybridization:
i. Ammonia molecule (NH3) has one nitrogen atom and three hydrogen atoms.
ii. The ground state electronic configuration of nitrogen (Z = 7) is 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{1}\)
Electronic configuration of nitrogen:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 44
iii. The ground state electronic configuration explains the observed valency of nitrogen in NH3 which is three.
iv. The 2s, 2px, 2py and 2pz orbitals of nitrogen atom mix and recast to form four sp3 hybrid orbitals of equivalent energy. These orbitals are tetrahedrally oriented in space. One of the sp3 hybrid orbital contains a lone pair of electrons.
v. Three half-filled sp3 hybrid orbitals of N atom overlap axially with half-filled 1s orbital of three different hydrogen atoms to form three N-H (sp3-s) sigma covalent bonds.
vi. Since, there is one lone pair of electrons in one of the sp3 hybrid orbitals of nitrogen, there is repulsion between lone pair and bonding pair of electrons. As a result, the H-N-H bond angle is reduced from regular tetrahedral angle 109° 28′ to 107° 18′. Geometry of NH3 molecule is pyramidal or distorted tetrahedral.

Question 43.
Explain the formation of water (H2O) molecule on the basis of hybridization.
Answer:
Formation of water (H2O) molecule on the basis of sp3 hybridization:
i. Water molecule (H2O) has one oxygen atom and two hydrogen atoms.
ii. The ground state electronic configuration of oxygen (Z = 8) is 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{2}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{1}\).
Electronic configuration of oxygen:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 45
iii. The ground state electronic configuration explains the observed valency of oxygen in H2O molecule which is 2.
iv. The 2s, 2px, 2py and 2pz orbitals of oxygen atom mix and recast to form four sp3 hybrid orbitals of equivalent energy. These orbitals are tetrahedrally oriented in space. Two of the sp hybrid orbitals contain lone pair of electrons.
v. Two half-filled sp3 hybrid orbitals of O atom overlap axially with half-filled 1s orbitals of two different hydrogen atoms to fonn two O-H (sp3-s) sigma covalent bonds.
vi. Since, there are two lone pairs of electrons in two of the sp3 hybrid orbitals of oxygen, there is repulsion between lone pair and bonding pair of electrons. As a result, the H-O-H bond angle is reduced from regular tetrahedral angle 109°28′ to 104°35′. The geometry of H2O molecule is angular or V shaped.

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 46

Question 44.
Explain the formation of an ethene molecule on the basis of hybridization.
Answer:
Formation of an ethene (ethylene) molecule on the basis of sp2 hybridization:
i. Ethene molecule (C2H4) has two carbon atoms and four hydrogen atoms.
ii. The ground state electronic configuration of C (Z = 6) is 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{0}\).
Electronic configuration of carbon:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 47
iii. One electron from 2s orbital of each carbon atom is excited to the 2pz orbital. Then each carbon atom undergoes sp2 hybridization.
iv. One ’s’ orbital and two ‘p’ orbitals on carbon hybridize to form three sp2 hybrid orbitals of equal energy and symmetry.
v. Two sp2 hybrid orbitals overlap axially two ‘s’ orbitals of hydrogen to form sp2-s σ bond. The unhybridized ‘p’ orbitals on the two carbon atoms overlap laterally to form a π bond. Thus, the C2H4 molecule has four sp2-s σ bonds, one sp2-sp2 σ bond and one p-p π bond.
vi. Each H-C-H and H-C-C bond angle in ethene molecule is 120°. All the six atoms in ethene (ethylene) molecule are in one plane. Geometry of the molecule at each carbon atom is trigonal planar.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 48

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 45.
Explain the formation of boron trifluoride on the basis of hybridization.
Answer:
Formation of boron trifluoride on the basis of sp2 hybridization:
i. Boron trifluoride (BF3) has one boron atom and three fluorine atoms.
ii. Observed valency of boron in BF3 molecule is three and its geometry is trigonal planar. This can be explained on the basis of sp2 hybridization.
iii. The ground state electronic configuration of B (Z = 5) is 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{0}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{0}\).
Electronic configuration of boron:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 49
iv. One electron from 2s orbital of boron atom is uncoupled and promoted to vacant 2py orbital.
v. The three orbitals i.e. 2s, 2px of and 2py of boron undergoes sp2 hybridization to form three sp2 hybrid orbitals of equivalent energy, which are oriented along the three comers of an equilateral triangle making an angle of 120°.
vi. Each sp2 hybrid orbital of boron atom having unpaired electron overlaps axially with half-filled 2pz orbital of fluorine atom containing electron with opposite spin to form three B-F sigma bonds by sp2-p type of overlap.
vii. Each F-B-F bond angle in BF3 molecule is 120°. The geometry of BF3 molecule is trigonal planar.

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 50

Question 46.
Explain the formation of an acetylene molecule on the basis of hybridization.
Answer:
Formation of acetylene (ethyne) molecule on the basis of sp hybridization:
i. Acetylene molecule (C2H2) has two carbon atoms and two hydrogen atoms.
ii. The ground state electronic configuration of C (Z = 6) is 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{0}\).
Electronic configuration of carbon:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 51
iii. Each carbon atom undergoes sp hybridization. One s and one p orbitals mix and recast to give two sp hybrid orbitals arranged at 180° to each other.
iv. Out of the two sp hybrid orbitals of carbon atom, one overlaps axially with s orbital of hydrogen while the other sp hybrid orbital overlaps with sp hybrid orbital of other carbon atom to form the sp-sp σ bond. The C H σ bond is formed by sp-s overlap.
v. The remaining two unhybridized p orbitals overlap laterally to form two p-p π bonds. So, there are three bonds between the two carbon atoms: one C-C σ bond (sp-sp) overlap, two C-C π bonds (p-p) overlap. There are two sp-s σ bonds in acetylene (one between each C and H).
vi. Each H-C-C bond angle in ethyne molecule is 180°. All the four atoms in ethyne molecule are in a straight line. The geometry of acetylene molecule is linear.

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 52

Question 47.
Explain the formation of BeCl2.
Answer:
Formation of BeCl2:
i. BeCl2 molecule has one Be atom and two chlorine atoms.
ii. Electronic configuration of Be is 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{0}\).
Electronic configuration of beryllium:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 53
iii. The 2s and 2pz orbitals undergo sp hybridization to form two sp hybrid orbitals oriented at 180° with each other. 2pz orbitals of two chlorine atoms overlap with the sp hybrid orbitals to form two sp-p σ bonds.
Cl – Be – Cl bond angle is 180°. The geometry of the molecule is linear.

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 54

Question 48.
Match the following:

Molecule Hybridization and bond angle
i. Water a. Sp2, 120°
ii. Boron trifluoride b. Sp3, 104.5°
iii. Beryllium fluoride c. Sp3, 109.5°
iv. Methane d. Sp, 180°

Answer:
i – b
ii – a
iii – d
iv – c

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 49.
Give the importance of valence bond theory.
Answer:
Valence Bond theory introduced five new concepts in chemical bonding:

  • Delocalization of electron over the two nuclei
  • Shielding effect of electrons
  • Covalent character of bond
  • Partial ionic character of a covalent bond
  • The concept of resonance and connection between resonance energy and molecular stability

Question 50.
What are the limitations of valence bond theory?
Answer:
Limitations of valence bond theory:

  • Valence Bond theory explains only the formation of covalent bond in which a shared pair of electrons comes from two bonding atoms. However, it offers no explanation for the formation of a coordinate covalent bond in which both the electrons are contributed by one of the bonded atoms.
  • Oxygen molecule is expected to be diamagnetic according to this theory. The two atoms in oxygen molecule should have completely filled electronic shells which give no unpaired electrons to the molecule making it diamagnetic. However, experimentally the molecule is found to be paramagnetic having two unpaired electrons. Thus, this theory fails to explain paramagnetism of oxygen molecule.
  • Valence bond theory does not explain the bonding in electron deficient molecules like B2H6 in which the central atom possesses a smaller number of electrons than required for an octet of electron.

Question 51.
What are the two ways in which two atomic orbitals combine to form molecular orbitals (MOs)?
Answer:
Two atomic orbitals can combine in two ways to form molecular orbitals:
i. By addition of their wave functions.
ii. By subtraction of their wave functions.
Addition of the atomic orbtials wave functions results in formation of a molecular orbital which is lower in energy than atomic orbitals and is termed as Bonding Molecular Orbital (BMO). Subtraction of the atomic orbitals results in the formation of a molecular orbital which is higher in energy than the atomic orbitals and is termed as Antibonding Molecular Orbital (AMO).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 55

Question 52.
State True or False. Correct the false statement.
i. According to MO theory, the formation of molecular orbitals from atomic orbitals is expressed in terms of Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals (LCAO).
ii. An MO contains maximum two electrons with opposite spins.
iii. Interference of electron waves of combining atoms can only be constructive.
iv. In bonding molecular orbital, the large electron density is observed between the nuclei of the bonding atoms than the individual atomic orbitals.
v. In the antibonding molecular orbital, the electron density is nearly zero between the nuclei.
Answer:
i. True
ii. True
iii. False
Interference of electron waves of combining atoms can be constructive or destructive.
iv. True
v. True

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 53.
What are the conditions required for linear combination of atomic orbitals to form molecular orbitals?
Answer:
The following conditions are required for the linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO) to form molecular orbitals:
i. The combining atomic orbitals must have comparable energies.
So, Is orbitals of one atom can combine with 1 s orbital of another atom but not with 2s orbital, because energy of 2s orbital is much higher than that of 1 s orbital.

ii. The combining atomic orbitals must have the same symmetry along the molecular axis. Conventionally, z axis is taken as the internuclear axis. So even if atomic orbitals have same energy but their symmetry is not same they cannot combine. For example, 2s orbital of an atom can combine only with 2pz orbital of another atom, and not with 2px or 2py orbital of that atom because the symmetries are not same. pz is symmetrical along z axis while px is symmetrical along x axis.

iii. The combining atomic orbitals must overlap to the maximum extent. Greater the overlap, greater is the electron density between the nuclei and so stronger is the bond formed.

Question 54.
Explain and draw an energy level diagram obtained by the linear combination of two 1s atomic orbitals.
Answer:
The s-orbitals are spherically symmetrical along x, y and z axis. Two Is atomic orbitals combine to form σ 1s (bonding molecular orbital) and σ*1s (antibonding molecular orbital). Both the a bonding and σ* antibonding orbitals are symmetrical along the bond axis.
Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 56
[Note: If we consider ‘z’ to be internuclear axis then linear combination of pz orbitals from two atoms can form σ 2pz bonding σ*(2pz) molecular orbitals.]

Question 55.
Explain the formation of π and π* molecular orbitals with the help of a diagram.
Answer:
When the atomic orbitals overlap laterally, a pi (π) molecular orbital is formed.
The px and py orbitals are not symmetrical along the bond axis. They have a positive lobe above the axis and negative lobe below the axis. Hence, linear combination of such orbitals leads to the formation of molecular orbitals with positive and negative lobes above and below the bond axis. These are designed as π bonding and π antibonding orbitals. The electron density in such π orbitals is concentrated above and below the bond axis. The π molecular orbitals has a node between the nuclei.
Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 57

Question 56.
Write the increasing order of energies of molecular orbitals in various diatomic molecules of second row elements.
Answer:
The increasing order of energies of molecular orbitals for molecules (except O2 and F2) is:
σ1s < σ*1s < σ2s < σ*2s < (π2px = π2py) < σ2pz < (π*2px = π*2py) < σ*2pz
The increasing order of energy of molecular orbitals for diatomic molecules like O2 and F2 is:
σ1s < σ*1s < σ2s < σ*2s < σ2pz < (π2px = π2py) < (π*2px = π*2py) < σ*2pz

Question 57.
Explain briefly the information provided by the electronic configuration of molecules.
Answer:
The electronic configuration of molecules provides the following information:

  • Stability of molecules: If the number of electrons in bonding MOs is greater than the number in antibonding MOs the molecule is stable.
  • Magnetic nature of molecules: If all MOs in a molecule are completely filled with two electrons each, the molecule is diamagnetic (i.e., repelled) by magnetic field. However, if at least one MO is half-filled with one electron, the molecule is paramagnetic (i. e., attracted by magnetic field).
  • Bond order of molecule: The bond order of the molecule can be calculated from the number of electrons in bonding MOs (Nb) and antibonding MOs (Na).

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 58.
What are the key ideas of MO theory?
OR
What are the salient features of MO theory?
Answer:
Key ideas of MO Theory:

  • MOs in molecules are similar to AOs of atoms. Molecular orbital describes region of space in the molecule representing the probability of an electron.
  • MOs are formed by combining AOs of different atoms. The number of MOs formed is equal to the number of AOs combined.
  • Atomic orbitals of comparable energies and proper symmetry combine to form molecular orbitals.
  • MOs those are lower in energy than the starting AOs are bonding MOs and those higher in energy are antibonding MOs.
  • The electrons are filled in MOs beginning with the lowest energy.
  • Only two electrons occupy each molecular orbital and they have opposite spins, that is, their spins are paired.
  • The bond order of the molecule can be calculated from the number of bonding and antibonding electrons.

Question 59.
Explain the formation of the following molecules on the basis of MOT. Also find the bond order.
i. H2
ii. Li2
iii. N2
iv. O2
v. F2
Answer:
i. Hydrogen molecule (H2):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 58
a. Hydrogen atom (Z = 1) has electronic configuration as 1s1.
b. Hydrogen atom contains one electron, hence hydrogen molecule which is diatomic contains two electrons.
c. Linear combination of two 1s atomic orbitals gives rise to two molecular orbitals σ1s and σ*1s.
d. The two electrons from the hydrogen atoms occupy the σ1s molecular orbital and σ*1s remains vacant.
e. Thus, electronic configuration of H2 molecule is σ1s2.
f. Since, no unpaired electron is present in hydrogen molecule, it is diamagnetic.
g. There are no electrons in the antibonding molecular orbital (σ*1s).
h. The bond order of H2 molecule is
Bond order = \(\frac{\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{b}}-\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{a}}}{2}=\frac{2-0}{2}\) = 1
Thus, a single covalent bond is present between two hydrogen atoms.
[Note: The bond length is 74 pm and the bond dissociation energy is 438 kJ mol-1.]

ii. Lithium molecule (Li2):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 59
a. Lithium atom (Z = 3) has electronic configuration as 1s2 2s1.
b. Lithium atom has 3 electrons, hence Li2 molecule has 6 electrons.
c. Linear combination of four atomic orbitals gives rise to four molecular orbitals namely σ1s, σ*1s, σ2S and σ*2s.
d. The electronic configuration of Li2 molecule is (σ1s)2 (σ*1s)2 (σ2s)2.
e. Since no unpaired electron is present in lithium molecule, it is diamagnetic.
f. Bond order of Li2 molecule
\(=\frac{\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{b}}-\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{a}}}{2}=\frac{4-2}{2}=1\)
Thus, a single covalent bond is present between two Li atoms. Hence, Li2 is a stable molecule.

iii. Nitrogen molecule (N2):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 60
a. Nitrogen atom (Z = 7) has electronic configuration as 1s2 2s2 2p3.
b. Nitrogen atom contains 7 electrons, hence nitrogen molecule contains 14 electrons.
c. Linear combination of atomic orbitals gives rise to different molecular orbitals.
d. The electronic configuration of N2 molecule is
N2: (σ1s)2 (σ*1s)2 (σ2s)2 (σ*2s)2 (π2px)2 (π2py)2 (σ2pz)2
e. Since N2 molecule does not have unpaired electron, it is diamagnetic.
f. Bond order of N2 molecule
\(=\frac{\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{b}}-\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{a}}}{2}=\frac{10-4}{2}=3\)
Thus, there are three bonds in N2 molecule.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 60.
Study the following tables showing bond enthalpies of single and multiple bonds.

Bond ΔaH/kJ mol-1
C-H 400-415
N-H 390
O-H 460-464
C-C 345
C-N 290-315
C-O 355-380
C-Cl 330
Bond ΔaH/kJ mol-1
C-Br 275
O-O 175-184
C=C 610-630
C≡C 835
C=O 724-757
C≡N 854

i. Among single bonds, which bond is the strongest?
ii. How is bond enthalpy related to bond strength?
Answer:
i. Among single bonds, O-H bond is the strongest.
ii. Larger the bond enthalpy, stronger is the bond.

Question 61.
Write a short note on bond length.
Answer:
Bond length:

  • Bond length is defined as the equilibrium distance between the nuclei of two covalently bonded atoms in a molecule.
  • Each atom of the bonded pair contributes to the bond length.
  • Bond length depends upon the size of atoms and multiplicity of bonds. It increases with increase in size of atom and decreases with increase in multiplicity of bond.
    e.g. C – C single bond is longer than C ≡ C triple bond.
  • Bond lengths are measured by X-ray and electron diffraction techniques.

Question 62.
Cl-Cl covalent bond length is smaller than Br-Br covalent bond length. Explain.
Answer:
Bond length increases with increase in size of atom. Cl atom is smaller than Br atom. Hence, Cl-Cl covalent bond length is smaller than Br-Br covalent bond length.

Question 63.
Arrange the following bonds in decreasing order of bond strength: C-N, C=N, C≡N
Answer:
C≡N > C=N > C-N
Note: Average bond lengths for some single, double and triple bonds:

Type of bond

Covalent bond length (pm)

O-H 96
C-H 107
N-O 136
C-O 143
C-N 143
C-C 154
C=C 121
N=O 122
C=C 133
C=N 138
C≡N 116
C≡C 120
Type of bond

Covalent bond length (pm)

H2(H-H) 74
F2(F-F) 144
Cl2(Cl-Cl) 199
Br2(Br-Br) 228
I2(I-I) 267
N2(N≡N) 109
O2(O-O) 121
HF (H-F) 92
HCl (H-Cl) 127
HBr (H-Br) 141
HI (H-I) 160

Question 64.
Write a short note on bond order.
Answer:
i. According to the Lewis theory, bond order is given by the number of bonds between the two atoms in a molecule.
e.g. a. In hydrogen molecule, bond order between hydrogen atoms is one as one electron pair is shared.
b. In oxygen molecule, bond order between oxygen atoms is two as two electron pairs are shared.
c. In acetylene molecule, bond order between two carbon atoms is three as three electron pairs are shared.

ii. The isoelectronic molecules and ions have identical bond orders.
e.g. a. The bond order of F2 and \(\mathrm{O}_{2}{ }^{2-}\) is one.
b. The bond order of N2, CO and NO+ is 3.

iii. As the bond order increases, the bond enthalpy increases and bond length decreases.
iv. With the help of bond order, the stability of a molecule can be predicted.
[Note: N2 molecule has bond enthalpy of 946 kJ mol-1. It is one of the highest for diatomic molecules.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 65.
Explain how polarity (ionic character) is developed in a covalent bond.
Answer:
i. Covalent bonds are formed between two atoms of the same or different elements.
ii. When a covalent bond is formed between atoms of same element such as H-H, F-F, Cl-Cl, etc., the shared pair of electrons is attracted equally to both atoms and is situated midway between two atoms. Such covalent bond is termed as nonpolar covalent bond.
iii. When a covalent bond is formed between two atoms of different elements that have different electronegativities, the shared electron pair does not remain at the centre. The electron pair is pulled towards the more electronegative atom resulting in the separation of charges. This give rise to dipole. The more electronegative atom acquires a partial -ve charge and the other atom gets a partial +ve charge. Such a bond is called as polar covalent bond. The examples of polar molecules include HF, HC1, etc.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 61
Fluorine is more electronegative than hydrogen, therefore, the shared electron pair is more attracted towards fluorine and the atoms acquire partial +ve and -ve charges, respectively.
iv. Polarity of the covalent bond increases as the difference in the electronegativity between the bonded atoms increases. When the difference in electronegativities of combining atom is about 1.7, ionic percentage in the covalent bond is 50%.

Question 66.
Define and explain the term dipole moment.
Answer:
i. Dipole moment (μ) is the product of the magnitude of charge and distance between the centres of +ve and -ve charges.
ii. It is given by, µ = Q × r
where, Q = charge, r = distance of separation.
iii. Unit of dipole moment is Debye (D).
iv. Dipole moment being a vector quantity is represented by a small arrow with the tail on the positive centre and head pointing towards the negative centre.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 62
Note: 1 D = 3.33564 × 10-30 C m
where C is coulomb and m is meter.

Question 67.
Dipole moment in case of BeF2 is zero. Explain.
Answer:

  • Dipole moment is a vector quantity. Therefore, the resultant dipole moment of a molecule is the vector sum of dipole moments of various bonds in the molecule.
  • In BeF2 molecule, Be-F bond is polar and has a bond dipole moment.
  • BeF2 is a linear molecule with two Be-F bonds oriented at 180° (opposite to each other).
  • The two bond dipoles are equal in magnitude and act in opposite direction to cancel each other. Therefore, the net dipole moment in case of BeF2 is zero.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 63

Question 68.
Dipole moment in case of BF3 is zero. Explain.
Answer:
i. Dipole moment is a vector quantity. Therefore, the resultant dipole moment of a molecule is the vector sum of dipole moments of various bonds in the molecule.
ii. In BF3 molecule, B-F bond is polar and has a bond dipole moment.
iii. Also, in BF3, the three B-F bonds are oriented at an angle of 120° to one another.
iv. The resultant of any two bond moments is equal in magnitude and opposite in direction to that of third. Hence, the net sum is zero and the dipole moment of tetra-atomic BF3 molecule is zero.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 64

Question 69.
Dipole moment of H2O is higher than that of NH3. Explain.
Answer:
In both NH3 and H2O, the central atom undergoes sp3 hybridization. In both the molecules, the orbital dipole due to the lone pair increases the effect of resultant dipole moment. However, in NH3, nitrogen has only one lone pair while in H2O, oxygen has two lone pairs. Hence, dipole moment of H2O is higher than that of NH3.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 65

Question 70.
Dipole moment of NF3 is less than that of NH3, even though N-F bond is more polar than N-H bond. Explain.
Answer:

  • Both NH3 and NF3 have pyramidal structure with a lone pair on the N atom. In NF3, F is more electronegative than N while in NH3, N is more electronegative.
  • In NH3, the orbital dipole due to the lone pair is in the same direction as the resultant dipole moment of N-H bonds, whereas in NF3 the orbital dipole is in the direction opposite to the resultant dipole moment of three N-F bonds.
  • The orbital dipole because of lone pair decreases the effect of the resultant N-F bond moments, which results in the low dipole moment of NF3 (0.8 × 10-30 C m) as compared to NH3 (4.90 × 10-30 C m).

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 66

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 71.
CHCl3 is polar. Explain.
Answer:
In CHCl3, the dipoles are not equal and do not cancel each other. Hence, CHCl3 is polar with a non-zero dipole moment.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 67
Note: Dipole moments and geometry of some molecules are given in the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 68

Question 72.
Explain Fajan’s rule with suitable examples.
Answer:
Fajan’s rule:
i. Smaller the size of the cation and larger the size of the anion, greater is the covalent character of the ionic bond. For example, Li+ Cl is more covalent than Na+Cl. Similarly, Li+I is more covalent than Li+Cl.

ii. Greater the charge on cation, more is covalent character of the ionic bond. For example, covalent character of AlCl3, MgCl2 and NaCl decreases in the following order Al3+(Cl)3 > Mg2+(Cl)2 > Na+ Cl

iii. A cation with the outer electronic configuration of the s2p6d10 type possesses greater polarising power compared to the cation having the same size and same charge but having outer electronic configuration of s2p6 type.

This is because d electrons of the s2p6d10 shell screen nuclear charge less effectively compared to s and p electrons of s2p6 shell. Hence, the effective nuclear charge in a cation having s2p6d10 configuration is greater than that of the one having s2p6 configuration. For example: Cu+Cl is more covalent than Na+Cl. Here,
(Cu+ = 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10; Na+ = 1s2 2s2 2p6)

Question 73.
Explain resonance with respect to \(\mathrm{CO}_{3}^{2-}\) ion.
Answer:
i. Three structures written for \(\mathrm{CO}_{3}^{2-}\) as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 69
ii. Each structure differs from the other only in the position of electrons without changing positions of the atoms. None of these individual structures is adequate to explain the properties of \(\mathrm{CO}_{3}^{2-}\).
iii. The actual structure of \(\mathrm{CO}_{3}^{2-}\) is a combination of three Lewis structures and is called as the resonance hybrid.
iv. Energy of the resonance hybrid structure is less than the energy of any single canonical form. Hence, resonance stabilizes certain polyatomic molecules or ions.
v. The average of all resonating structures contributes to overall bonding characteristic features of the molecule or ion.

Question 74.
Explain O3 molecule is the resonance hybrid.
Answer:
Ozone is a resonance hybrid of structures I and II. The structures I and II are canonical forms while structure III is a resonance hybrid. The energy of structure III is less than that of I and II.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 70

Question 75.
Define resonance energy.
Answer:
Resonance energy is defined as the difference in energy of the most stable contributing structure and the resonating forms.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question 76.
Write the resonance structures of \(\mathrm{NO}_{3}^{-}\) ion.
Answer:
Resonance structures of \(\mathrm{NO}_{3}^{-}\) :
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 71

Question 77.
A student represents the Lewis dot structure of AlCl3 molecule as shown below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 72
i. Is the representation correct? Justify your answer.
ii. If the chlorine atoms are replaced by bromine atoms, what will be the number of electrons present in the valence shell of aluminium?
Answer:
i. No, the representation is incorrect. There will be no lone pair of electrons on aluminium.
ii. The number of electrons present in the valence shell of aluminium will be six.

Question 78.
Below is an incomplete Lewis structure for glycine. Complete the following Lewis structure and answer the following questions. (Hint: Add lone pairs and multiple bonds to the structure below to give each atom a formal charge of zero.)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 73
i. How many lone pairs of electrons are present on N-atom in the structure?
ii. How many pi bonds are present in the structure?
iii. How many sigma bonds are present in the structure?
Answer:
The correct Lewis structure is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 74
i. The number of lone pairs of electrons on N-atom is 1.
ii. The number of pi bonds in the structure is 1.
iii. The number of sigma bonds in the structure is 9.

Question 79.
Consider the following four species and answer the below given questions.
\(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{-}\), O2 \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{+}\), \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{2-}\)
i. What is the bond order of \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{+}\) ?
ii. Which species is least stable?
Answer:
i. Electronic configuration of \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{+}\) can be given as:
(σ1s)2 (σ*1s)2 (σ2s)2 (σ*2s)2 (σ2pz)2 (π2px)2 (π2py)2 (π*2px)1 (π*2py)0
∴ Bond order = \(\frac {1}{2}\) (10 – 5) = 2.5

ii. Stability of the molecule or species ∝ Bond order
Bond order decreases as: \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{+}\) > O2 > \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{-}\) > \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{2-}\)
∴ Stability decreases as: \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{+}\) > O2 > \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{-}\) > \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{2-}\)
Hence, least stable species is \(\mathrm{O}_{2}^{2-}\).

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Multiple Choice Questions

1. The CORRECT Lewis structure of CO molecule is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 75
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 76

2. Which of the following molecule does NOT obey octet rule?
(A) BF3
(B) CO2
(C) H2O
(D) N2
Answer:
(A) BF3

3. In BF3, bond angle is .
(A) 90°
(B) 109°
(C) 120°
(D) 180°
Answer:
(C) 120°

4. Identify the geometry represented by the following diagram.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 77
(A) Trigonal bipyramidal
(B) T-shape
(C) square planar
(D) square pyramidal
Answer:
(D) square pyramidal

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

5. The geometry of H2S is ………….
(A) tetrahedral
(B) angular
(C) linear
(D) trigonal planar
Answer:
(B) angular

6. What will be the shape of molecule whose central atom is associated with 3 bonds and one lone pair?
(A) Trigonal pyramidal
(B) Tetrahedral
(C) Square planar
(D) Triangular planar
Answer:
(A) Trigonal pyramidal

7. Pair of molecules having identical geometry is …………..
(A) BF3, NH3
(B) BF3, AlF3
(C) BeF2, H2O
(D) BCl3, PCl3
Answer:
(B) BF3, AlF3

8. Which of the following molecule has bent shape?
(A) PCl3
(B) OF2
(C) BH3
(D) BeBr2
Answer:
(B) OF2

9. Which of the following is INCORRECT?
(A) The strength of the bond depends on the extent of overlap of the atomic orbitals.
(B) The extent of overlap depends on the shape and size of the atomic orbitals.
(C) The energy of the bonded atoms is more than that of the free atoms.
(D) During overlap of atomic orbitals, the electron density increases in between the two nuclei.
Answer:
(C) The energy of the bonded atoms is more than that of the free atoms.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

10. In the potential energy curve for hydrogen molecule, the maximum stability is achieved when …………..
(A) potential energy of the system is maximum
(B) potential energy of the system is minimum
(C) force of repulsion become greater than force of attraction
(D) no bond formation takes place
Answer:
(B) potential energy of the system is minimum

11. In acetylene, C-C σ bond is formed by …………. overlap.
(A) sp2-sp2
(B) sp-sp
(C) sp-s
(D) p-p
Answer:
(B) sp-sp

12. The formation of O-H bonds in a water molecule involves …………. overlap.
(A) sp3-s
(B) sp1-s
(C) sp-p
(D) sp3-p
Answer:
(A) sp3-s

13. The molecular orbital shown in the diagram can be described as ………….
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 78
(A) σ
(B) σ*
(C) π*
(D) π
Answer:
(C) π*

14. The bond order of lithium molecule is ………….
(A) one
(B) two
(C) three
(D) four
Answer:
(A) one

15. The bond order in N2 molecule is …………
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Answer:
(C) 3

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

16. The bond energies of F2, Cl2, Br2 and I2 are 37, 58, 46, and 36 kcal/mol respectively. The strongest bond is present in …………..
(A) Br2
(B) I2
(C) Cl2
(D) F2
Answer:
(C) Cl2

17. The common features among the species CO and NO+ are: ……………
(A) isoelectronic species and bond order 3
(B) isoelectronic species and bond order 2
(C) odd electron species and unstable
(D) odd electron species and bond order 1
Answer:
(A) isoelectronic species and bond order 3

18. Which of the following is CORRECT for H2O ?

H=O bond H2O molecule
(A) polar nonpolar
(B) nonpolar polar
(C) polar polar
(D) nonpolar nonpolar

Answer:
(C)

19. Each of the following molecules has a non-zero dipole moment EXCEPT:
(A) NF3
(B) BF3
(C) SO2
(D) LiH
Answer:
(B) BF3

20. Which of the following compounds is non-polar?
(A) HCl
(B) CH2Cl2
(C) CHCl3
(D) CCl4
Answer:
(D) CCl4

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

21. The dipole moment of …………..
(A) NF3 is higher than that of NH2
(B) BF3 is higher than that of NH3
(C) H2S is higher than that of H2O
(D) HCl is higher than that of HBr
Answer:
(D) HCl is higher than that of HBr

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

1. Select and write the most appropriate alternatives from the given choices.

Question A.
Which molecule is linear?
a. SO3
b. CO2
c. H2S
d. Cl2O
Answer:
b. CO2

Question B.
When the following bond types are listed in decreasing order of strength (strongest first). Which is the correct order ?
a. covalent > hydrogen > van der waals
b. covalent > vander waal’s > hydrogen
c. hydrogen > covalent > vander waal’s
d. vander waal’s > hydrogen > covalent.
Answer:
a. covalent > hydrogen > van der waals

Question C.
Valence Shell Electron Pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory is used to predict which of the following :
a. Energy levels in an atom
b. the shapes of molecules and ions.
c. the electrone getivities of elements.
d. the type of bonding in compounds.
Answer:
b. the shapes of molecules and ions.

Question D.
Which of the following is true for CO2?

C=O bond CO2 molecule
A polar non-polar
B non-polar polar
C polar polar
D non-polar non-polar

Answer:

C=O bond CO2 molecule
A polar non-polar

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question E.
Which O2 molecule is pargmagnetic. It is explained on the basis of :
a. Hybridisation
b. VBT
c. MOT
d. VSEPR
Answer:
c. MOT

Question F.
The angle between two covalent bonds is minimum in:
a CH4
b. C2H2
c. NH3
d. H2O
Answer:
d. H2O

2. Draw

Question A.
Lewis dot diagrams for the folowing
a. Hydrogen (H2)
b. Water (H2O)
c. Carbon dioxide (CO2)
d. Methane (CH4)
e. Lithium Fluoride (LiF)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 1
[Note: H atom in H2 and Li atom in LiF attain the configuration of helium (a duplet of electrons).]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question B.
Diagram for bonding in ethene with sp2 Hybridisation.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 2

Question C.
Lewis electron dot structures of
a. HF
b. C2H6
c. C2H4
d. CF3Cl
e. SO2
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 3
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 4

Question D.
Draw orbital diagrams of
a. Fluorine molecule
b. Hydrogen fluoride molecule
Answer:
a.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 5
b.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 6

3. Answer the following questions

Question A.
Distinguish between sigma and pi bond.
Answer:

σ (sigma) bond π (pi) bond
1. It is formed when atomic orbitals overlap along internuclear axis. 1. It is formed when atomic orbitals overlap side-ways (laterally).
2. Electron density is high along the axis of the molecule (i.e., internuclear axis). 2. Electron density is zero along the axis of the molecule (i.e., internuclear axis).
3. In the formation of sigma bond, the extent of overlap is greater, hence, more energy is released. 3. In the formation of pi bond, the extent of overlap is less, hence, less energy is released.
4. It is a strong bond. 4. It is a weak bond.
5. Formation of sigma bonds involves s-s, s-p, p-p overlap and overlap between hybrid orbitals. 5. Formation of pi bonds involves p-p or d-d overlap. The overlap between hybrid orbitals is not involved.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question B.
Display electron distribution around the oxygen atom in water molecule and state shape of the molecule, also write H-O-H bond angle.
Answer:
Electron distribution around oxygen atom in water molecule:
Shape of water molecule: Angular or V shaped H-O-H bond angle = 104°35′
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 7

Question C.
State octet rule. Explain its inadequecies with respect to
a. Incomplete octet
b. Expanded octet
Answer:
Statement: During the formation of chemical bond, atom loses, gains or shares electrons so that its outermost orbit (valence shell) contains eight electrons. Therefore, the atom attains the nearest inert gas electronic configuration.

a. Molecules with incomplete octet: e.g. BF3, BeCl2, LiCl
In these covalent molecules, the atoms B, Be and Li have less than eight electrons in their valence shell but these molecules are stable.
Li in LiCl has only two electrons, Be in BeCl2 has four electrons while B in BF3 has six electrons in the valence shell.

b. Molecules with expanded octet: Some molecules like SF6, PCl5, H2SO4 have more than eight electrons around the central atom.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 8

Question D.
Explain in brief with one example:
a. Ionic bond
b. covalent bond
c. co-ordinate bond
Answer:
a. Formation of calcium chloride (CaCl2):
i. The electronic configurations of calcium and chlorine are:
Na (Z = 11): 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 or (2, 8, 8, 2)
Cl (Z = 17): 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p5 or (2, 8, 7)
ii. Calcium has two electrons in its valence shell. It has tendency to lose two electrons to acquire the electronic configuration of the nearest inert gas, argon (2, 8, 8).
iii. Chlorine has seven electrons in its valence shell. It has tendency to gain one electron and thereby acquire the electronic configuration of the nearest inert gas, argon (2, 8, 8).
iv. During the combination of calcium and chlorine atoms, the calcium atom transfers its valence electrons to two chlorine atoms.
v. Calcium atom changes into Ca2+ ion while the two chlorine atoms change into two Cl ions. These ions are held together by strong electrostatic force of attraction.
vi. The formation of ionic bond(s) between Ca and Cl can be shown as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 9

b. Formation of Cl2 molecule:
i. The electronic configuration of Cl atom is [Ne] 3s2 3p5.
ii. It needs one more electron to complete its valence shell.
iii. When two chlorine atoms approach each other at a certain internuclear distance, they share their valence electrons. In the process, both the atoms attain the valence shell of octet of nearest noble gas, argon.
iv. The shared pair of electrons belongs equally to both the chlorine atoms. The two atoms are said to be linked by a single covalent bond and a Cl2 molecule is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 10

c. co-ordinate bond:
i. A coordinate bond is a type of covalent bond where both of the electrons that form the bond originate from the same atom
ii. An atom with a lone pair of electrons (non-bonding pair of electrons) is capable of forming a coordinate bond.
iii. For example, reaction of ammonia with boron trifluoride: Before the reaction, nitrogen (N) in ammonia has eight valence electrons, including a lone pair of electrons. Boron (B) in boron trifluoride has only six valence electrons, so it is two electrons short of an octet. The two unpaired electrons form a bond between nitrogen and boron, resulting in complete octets for both atoms. A coordinate bond is represented by an arrow. The direction of the arrow indicates that the electrons are moving from nitrogen to boron. Thus, ammonia forms a coordinate bond with boron trifluoride.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 11
iv. Once formed, a coordinate covalent bond is the same as any other covalent bond.

Question E.
Give reasons for need of Hybridisation.
Answer:
The concept of hybridization was introduced because the valence bond theory failed to explain the following points:
i. Valencies of certain elements:
The maximum number of covalent bonds which an atom can form equals the number of unpaired electrons present in its valence shell. However, valence bond theory failed to explain how beryllium, boron and carbon forms two, three and four covalent bonds respectively.
a. Beryllium: The electronic configuration of beryllium is 1s2 2s2. The expected valency is zero (as there is no unpaired electron) but the observed valency is 2 as in BeCl2.
b. Boron: The electronic configuration of boron is 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{1}\). The valency is expected to be 1 but it is 3 as in BF3.
c. Carbon: The electronic configuration of carbon is 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{1}\) . The valency is expected to be 2, but observed valency is 4 as in CH4.

ii. The shapes and geometry of certain molecules:
The valence bond theory cannot explain shapes, geometries and bond angles in certain molecules,
e.g. a. Tetrahedral shape of methane molecule.
b. Bond angles in molecules like NH3 (107°18′) and H2O (104°35′).
However, the valency of the above elements and the observe structural properties of the above molecules can be explained by the concept of hybridization. These are the reasons for need of the concept of hybridization.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question F.
Explain geometry of methane molecule on the basis of Hybridisation.
Answer:
Formation of methane (CH4) molecule on the basis of sp3 hybridization:
i. Methane molecule (CH4) has one carbon atom and four hydrogen atoms.
ii. The ground state electronic configuration of C (Z = 6) is 1s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{1}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{1}\);
Electronic configuration of carbon:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 12
iii. In order to form four equivalent bonds with hydrogen, the 2s and 2p orbitals of C-atom undergo sp3 hybridization.
iv. One electron from the 2s orbital of carbon atom is excited to the 2pz orbital. Then the four orbitals 2s, px, py and pz mix and recast to form four new sp3 hybrid orbitals having same shape and equal energy. They are maximum apart and have tetrahedral geometry with H-C-H bond angle of 109°28′. Each hybrid orbital contains one unpaired electron.
v. Each of these sp3 hybrid orbitals with one electron overlap axially with the 1s orbital of hydrogen atom to form one C-H sigma bond. Thus, in CH4 molecule, there are four C-H bonds formed by the sp3-s overlap.
Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 13

Question G.
In Ammonia molecule the bond angle is 107°18 and in water molecule it is 104°35′, although in both the central atoms are sp3 hybridized Explain.
Answer:
i. The ammonia molecule has sp3 hybridization. The expected bond angle is 109°28′. But the actual bond angle is 107°28′. It is due to the following reasons.

  • One lone pair and three bond pairs are present in ammonia molecule.
  • The strength of lone pair-bond pair repulsion is much higher than that of bond pair-bond pair repulsion.
  • Due to these repulsions, there is a small decrease in bond angle (~2°) from 109°28′ to 107°18′.

ii. The water molecule has sp3 hybridization. The expected bond angle is 109°28′. But the actual bond angle is 104°35′. It is due to the following reasons.

  • Two lone pairs and two bond pairs are present in water molecule.
  • The decreasing order of the repulsion is Lone pair-Lone pair > Lone pair-Bond pair > Bond pair-Bond pair.
  • Due to these repulsions, there is a small decrease in bond angle (~5°) from 109°28′ to 104°35′.

Question H.
Give reasons for:
a. Sigma (σ) bond is stronger than Pi (π) bond.
b. HF is a polar molecule
c. Carbon is a tetravalent in nature.
Answer:
a. i. The strength of the bond depends on the extent of overlap of the orbitals. Greater the overlap, stronger is the bond.
ii. A sigma bond is formed by the coaxial overlap of the atomic orbitals which are oriented along the internuclear axis, hence the extent of overlap is maximum.
iii. A pi bond is formed by the lateral overlap of the atomic orbitals which are oriented perpendicular to the internuclear axis, hence the extent of orbital overlapping in side wise manner is less.
Hence, sigma bond is stronger than pi bond.

b. i. When a covalent bond is formed between two atoms of different elements that have different electronegativities, the shared electron pair does not remain at the centre. The electron pair is pulled towards the more electronegative atom resulting in the separation of charges.
ii. In H-F, fluorine is more electronegative than hydrogen. Therefore, the shared electron pair is pulled towards fluorine and fluorine acquires partial -ve charge and simultaneously hydrogen acquires partial +ve charge. This gives rise to dipole and H-F bond becomes polar. Hence, H-F is a polar molecule.

c. The electronic configuration of carbon is:
1s2 2s2 2px1 2py1
One electron from ‘2s’ orbital is promoted to the empty ‘2p’ orbital.
Thus, in excited state, carbon has four half-filled orbitals.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 14
Hence, carbon can form 4 bonds and is tetravalent in nature.

Question I.
Which type of hybridization is present in ammonia molecule? Write the geometry and bond angle present in ammonia.
Answer:
The type of hybridization present in ammonia (NH3) molecule is sp3.
Geometry of ammonia molecule is pyramidal or distorted tetrahedral.
Bond angle in ammonia molecule is 107°18′.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question J.
Identify the type of orbital overlap present in
a. H2
b. F2
c. H-F molecule.
Explain diagramatically.
Answer:
i. s-s σ overlap:
a. The overlap between two half-filled s orbitals of two different atoms containing unpaired electrons with opposite spins is called s-s overlap.
e.g. Formation of H2 molecule by s-s overlap:
Hydrogen atom (Z = 1) has electronic configuration: 1s1. The 1s1 orbitais of two hydrogen atoms overlap along the internuclear axis to form a σ bond between the atoms in H2 molecule.
b. Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 15

ii. p-p σ overlap:
a. This type of overlap takes place when two p orbitals from different atoms overlap along the internuclear axis.
e.g. Formation of F2 molecule by p-p overlap:
Fluorine atom (Z = 9) has electronic configuration 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{2}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{2}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{2}\).
During the formation of F2 molecule, half-filled 2pz orbital of one F atom overlaps with similar half-filled 2pz orbital containing electron with opposite spin of another F atom axially and a p-p σ bond is formed.
b. Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 16

iii. s-p σ overlap:
a. In this type of overlap one half filled s orbital of one atom and one half filled p orbital of another orbital overlap along the internuclear axis.
e.g. Formation of HF molecule by s-p overlap:
Hydrogen atom (Z = 1) has electronic configuration: 1s1 and fluorine atom (Z = 9) has electronic configuration 1s2 2s2 \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{x}}^{2}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{y}}^{2}\) \(2 \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{z}}^{2}\). During the formation of HF molecule, half-filled Is orbital of hydrogen atom overlaps coaxially with half-filled 2pz orbital of fluorine atom with opposite electron spin and an s-p σ bond is formed.
b. Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 17

Question K.
F-Be-F is a liner molecule but H-O-H is angular. Explain.
Answer:
i. In the BeF2 molecule, the central beryllium atom undergoes sp hybridization giving rise to two sp hybridized orbitals placed diagonally opposite with an angle of 180°. Thus, F-Be-F is a linear molecule.

ii. In the H2O molecule, the central oxygen atom undergoes sp3 hybridization giving rise to four sp3 hybridized orbitals directed towards four comers of a tetrahedron. There are two lone pairs of electrons in two of the sp3 hybrid orbitals of oxygen. The lone pair-lone pair repulsion distorts the structure. Hence, H-O-H is angular or V-shaped.

Question L.
BF3 molecule is planar but NH3 pyramidal. Explain.
Answer:
i. In the BF3 molecule, the central boron atom undergoes sp2 hybridization giving rise to three sp2 hybridized orbitals directed towards three comers of an equilateral triangle. Thus, the geometry is trigonal planar.

ii. In the NH3 molecule, the central nitrogen atom undergoes sp3 hybridization giving rise to four sp3 hybridized orbitals directed towards four comers of a tetrahedron. The expected geometry of NH3 molecule is regular tetrahedral with bond angle 109°28′. There is one lone pair of electrons in one of the sp3 hybrid orbitals of nitrogen. The lone pair-bond pair repulsion distorts the bond angle. Hence, the structure of NH3 is distorted and it has pyramidal geometry.

Question M.
In case of bond formation in Acetylene molecule :
a. How many covalend bonds are formed ?
b. State number of sigma and pi bonds formed.
c. Name the type of Hybridisation.
Answer:
a. In acetylene molecule, there are five covalent bonds.
b. In acetylene molecule, there are three sigma bonds and two pi bonds.
c. In acetylene molecule, each carbon atom undergoes sp hybridization.

Question N.
Define :
a. Bond Enthalpy
b. Bond Length
Answer:
a. Bond Enthalpy:
Bond enthalpy is defined as the amount of energy required to break one mole of a bond of one type, present between two atoms in a gaseous state.

b. Bond Length:
Bond length is defined as the equilibrium distance between the nuclei of two covalently bonded atoms in a molecule.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question O.
Predict the shape and bond angles in the following molecules:
a. CF4
b. NF3
c. HCN
d. H2S
Answer:
a. CF4: There are four bond pairs on the central atom. Hence, shape of CF4 is tetrahedral and F-C-F bond angle is 109° 28′.
b. NF3: There are three bond pairs and one lone pair on the central atom. Hence, shape of NF3 is trigonal pyramidal and F-N-F bond angle is less than 109° 28′.
c. HCN: There are two bond pairs on the central atom. Hence, shape of HCN is linear and H-C-N bond angle is 180°.
d. H2S: There are two bond pairs and two lone pairs on the central atom. Hence, shape of H2S is bent or V-shaped and H-S-H bond angle is slightly less than 109° 28′.

4. Using data from the Table, answer the following :
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 18
a. What happens to the bond length when unsaturation increases?
b. Which is the most stable compound?
c. Indicate the relation between bond strength and Bond enthalpy.
d. Comment on overall relation between Bond length, Bond Enthalpy and Bond strength and stability.
Answer:
a. When unsaturation increases, the bond length decreases.
b. The stable compound is ethyne (C2H2).
c. Bond strength ∝ Bond enthalpy
Larger the bond enthalpy, stronger is the bond.
d. As bond length decreases, bond enthalpy, bond strength and stability increase.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

5. Complete the flow chart
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 19
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 20

6. Complete the following Table
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 21
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 22

7. Answer in one sentence:

Question A.
Indicate the factor on which stalility of ionic compound is measured?
Answer:
The stability of an ionic compound is measured by the amount of energy released during lattice formation.

Question B.
Arrange the following compounds on the basis of lattice energies in decreasing (descending) order: BeF2, AlCl3, LiCl, CaCl2, NaCl.
Answer:
AlCl3 > BeF2 > CaCl2 > LiCl > NaCl

Question C.
Give the total number of electrons around sulphur (S) in SF6 compound.
Answer:
The total number of electrons around sulphur (S) in SF6 is 12.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question D.
Covalant bond is directional in nature. Justify.
Answer:
Covalent bond is formed by the overlap of two half-filled atomic orbitals. The atomic orbitals are oriented in specific directions in space (except s-orbital which is spherical). Hence, covalent bond is directional in nature.

Question E.
What are the interacting forces present during formation of a molecule of a compound ?
Answer:
a. Forces of attraction: The nucleus of one atom attracts the electrons of the other atom and vice-versa.
b. Forces of repulsion: The electron of one atom repels the electron of the other atom and vice-versa (as electrons are negatively charged). There is repulsion between the two nuclei (as the nuclei are positively charged).

Question F.
Give the type of overlap by which pi (π) bond is formed.
Answer:
The type of overlap by which pi (π) bond is formed is p-p lateral overlap.

Question G .
Mention the steps involved in Hybridization.
Answer:
The steps involved in hybridization are:

  • formation of the excited state and
  • mixing and recasting of orbitals.

Question H.
Write the formula to calculate bond order of molecule.
Answer:
Bond order of a molecule = \(\frac{\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{b}}-\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{a}}}{2}\)
where, Nb is the number of electrons present in bonding MOs and Na is the number of electrons present in antibonding MOs.

Question I.
Why is O2 molecule paramagnetic?
Answer:
The electronic configuration of O2 molecule is (σ1s)2 (σ*1s)2 (σ2s)2 (σ*2s)2 (σ2pz)2 (π2px)2 (π2py)2 (π*2px)1 (π*2py)1
Since the oxygen molecule contains two unpaired electrons, it is paramagnetic.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Question J.
What do you mean by formal charge ? Explain its significance with the help of suitable example.
Answer:
Formal charge is the charge assigned to an atom in a molecule, assuming that all electrons are shared equally between atoms, regardless of their relative electronegativities.

Structure (I):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 23

Structure (II):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 24

Structure (III):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 25

While determining the best Lewis structure per molecule, the structure is chosen such that the formal charge is as close to zero as possible. The structure having the lowest formal charge has the lowest energy.

In structure (I), the formal charge on each atom is 0 while in structures (II) and (III) formal charge on carbon is 0 while oxygens have formal charge -1 or +1. Hence, the possible structure with the lowest energy will be structure (I). Thus, formal charges help in the selection of the lowest energy structure from a number of possible Lewis structures for a given species.

11th Chemistry Digest Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding Intext Questions and Answers

(Textbook Page No. 55)

Question 1.
Why are atoms held together in chemical compounds?
Answer:
Atoms are held together in chemical compounds due to chemical bonds.

Question 2.
How are chemical bonds formed between two atoms?
Answer:
There are two ways of formation of chemical bonds:

  1. by loss and gain of electrons
  2. by sharing a pair of electrons between the two atoms.

In either process of formation of chemical bond, each atom attains a stable noble gas electronic configuration.

Question 3.
Which electrons are involved in the formation of chemical bonds?
Answer:
The electrons present in the outermost shell of an atom are involved in the formation of a chemical bond.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

Internet my friend (Textbook Page No. 55)

Question 1.
Search more atoms, which complete their octet during chemical combinations.
Answer:
In compounds like KCl, MgCl2, CaO, NaF, etc, the constituent atoms complete their octet by lose or gain of electrons.
e.g. K → K+ + e
Cl + e → Cl
K+ + Cl → KCl
[Note: Students are expected to search more atoms on their own.]

Use your brainpower. (Textbook Page No. 60)

Question 1.
Which atom in \(\mathrm{NH}_{4}^{+}\) will have formal charge +1?
Answer:
In \(\mathrm{NH}_{4}^{+}\), nitrogen atom (N) will have formal charge of+1.

Use your brainpower. (Textbook Page No. 61)

Question 1.
How many electrons will be around I in the compound IF7?
Answer:
Lewis structure of IF7 is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding 26
In IF7, iodine (I) atom will be surrounded by 14 electrons.

Question 2.
Why is H2 stable even though it never satisfies the octet rule?
Answer:
The valence shell configuration of hydrogen atom is 1s1. Two hydrogen atoms approach each other and share their valence electrons. By having two electrons in its valence shell, H atom attains the nearest noble gas configuration of He. H2 molecule attains stability due to duplet formation. Hence, H2 is stable even though it never satisfies the octet rule.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 5 Chemical Bonding

(Textbook Page No. 64)

Question 1.
Lowering of energy takes during bond formation. How does this happen?
Answer:
i. When two combining atoms approach each other to form a covalent bond, the following interacting forces come into play.

  • Forces of attraction: The nucleus of one atom attracts the electrons of the other atom and vice-versa.
  • Forces of repulsion: The electron of one atom repels the electron of the other atom and vice-versa (as electrons are negatively charged). There is repulsion between the two nuclei (as the nuclei are positively charged).

ii. The balance between attractive and repulsive forces decide whether the bond will be formed or not.
iii. When the magnitude of attractive forces is more than the magnitude of repulsive forces, the energy of the system decreases and a covalent bond is formed.
iv. When the magnitude of repulsive forces becomes more than that of attraction, the total energy of the system increases and a covalent bond is not formed.
Hence, lowering of energy takes during bond formation.

Can you tell? (TextBook Page No. 76)

Question 1.
Which molecules are polar?
H-I, H-O-H, H-Br, Br2, N2, I2, NH3
Answer:
i. H-I: Polar
ii. H-O-H: Polar
iii. H-Br: Polar
iv. Br2: Nonpolar
v. N2: Nonpolar
vi. I2: Nonpolar
vii. NH3: Polar

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 1.
Complete the information about the properties of subatomic particles in the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 1
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 2

Question 2.
What are three important subatomic particles of an atom?
Answer:
Electron, proton and neutron are the three important subatomic particles of an atom.

Question 3.
Write a short note on discovery of electron.
Answer:

  • In the year 1897, J J. Thomson studied the properties of cathode rays through a cathode ray tube experiment and found that the cathode rays are a stream of very small, negatively charged particles.
  • These particles are 1837 times lighter than a hydrogen atom and are present in all atoms.
  • These particles were later named as electrons.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 3

Question 4.
Draw labelled diagram of Rutherford’s α-particle scattering experiment.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 4

Question 5.
Write a short note on discovery of proton.
Answer:

  • After the discovery of nucleus in an atom, Rutherford found that the fast moving α-particles transmuted nitrogen into oxygen with simultaneous liberation of hydrogen.
    \({ }_{7}^{14} \mathrm{~N}+{ }_{2}^{4} \alpha \longrightarrow{ }_{8}^{17} \mathrm{O}+{ }_{1}^{1} \mathrm{H}\)
  • He further showed that other elements could also be transmuted similarly and hydrogen was always emitted in the process.
  • Based on these observations, he proposed that the hydrogen nucleus must be contained inside nuclei of all the elements. Hence, he renamed hydrogen nucleus as proton.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 6.
Write a short note on discovery of neutron.
Answer:

  • In 1920, Ernest Rutherford proposed the existence of an electrically neutral and massive particle in the nucleus of an atom in order to account for the disparity in atomic number and atomic mass of an element.
  • In 1932, James Chadwick measured the velocity of protons ejected from paraffin by an unidentified radiation from beryllium (Be).
  • From that he determined the mass of the particles of this unidentified neutral radiation, which was found to be almost same as that of the mass of a proton.
  • He named this neutral particle as ‘neutron’, which was earlier predicted by Rutherford.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 5

Question 7.
State true or false. Correct the false statement.
i. An electron is 1837 times lighter than a proton.
ii. In Rutherford’s experiment of scattering of α-particles by thin gold foil, most of the α-particles
bounced back.
iii. Cathode rays are a stream of very small, positively charged particles.
Answer:
i. True
ii. False,
In Rutherford’s experiment of scattering of α-particles by thin gold foil, very few α-particles bounced back.
iii. False,
Cathode rays are a stream of very small, negatively charged particles.

Question 8.
Explain the term: Atomic number
Answer:

  • Atomic number is defined as the number of protons present in the nucleus of an atom of a particular element.
  • Atomic number is represented by Z.
  • An atom is electrically neutral. Hence, the number of protons equals to the number of electrons. In other words, the atomic number of an atom is equal to the number of electrons.

∴ Atomic Number (Z) = Number of protons = Number of electrons

Question 9.
Give reason: The approximate atomic mass in Daltons is numerically equal to the number of nucleons in the atom.
Answer:

  • The electrons possess negligible mass. They do not contribute much to the mass of an atom.
  • Therefore, the entire mass of an atom is supposed to be present in the nucleus which consists of protons and neutrons, which are collectively called as nucleons.

Hence, approximate atomic mass in Daltons is numerically equal to the number of nucleons in the atom.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 10.
Explain: Atomic mass number.
Answer:

  • The sum of the total number of protons and neutrons present in the nucleus of an atom is called the atomic mass number of that atom.
  • Atomic mass number is represented by A
  • Mass number (A) = Number of protons (Z) + Number of neutrons (N) = Total number of nucleons
    ∴ A = Z + N OR N = A – Z

Question 11.
How is an atom of an element ‘X’ having atomic number ‘Z’ and atomic mass number ‘A’ represented?
Answer:
An atom of an element ‘X’ having atomic number ‘Z’ and atomic mass number ‘A’ is represented as: \({ }_{Z}^{A} X\)

Question 12.
What is a nuclide?
Answer:
The atom or nucleus having a unique composition as specified by \({ }_{Z}^{A} X\) is called as a nuclide.

Question 13.
If an element ‘X’ has 6 protons and 8 neutrons, then write its representation.
Answer:
The representation of the given element is \({ }_{6}^{14} \mathrm{X}\).

Question 14.
Three elements Q, R and T have mass number 40. Their atoms contain 22, 21 and 20 neutrons respectively. Represent their atomic composition with appropriate symbol.
Answer:
Mass number (A) = Number of protons (Z) + Number of neutrons (N) .
A = Z + N
∴ Z = A – N
For the given three elements, A = 40. Values of their atomic numbers Z, are calculated from the given values of the number of neutrons, N, using the above formula.
For Q: Z = A – N = 40 – 22 = 18
For R: Z = A – N = 40 – 21 = 19
For T: Z = A – N = 40 – 20 = 20
Now, atomic composition of an element (X) is represented as \({ }_{Z}^{A} X\).
The atomic compositions of the three elements are written as follows:
\({ }_{18}^{40} \mathrm{Q}\), \({ }_{19}^{40} \mathrm{R}\), \({ }_{20}^{40} \mathrm{T}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 15.
Find out the number of protons, electrons and neutrons in the nuclide \({ }_{18}^{40} \mathrm{Ar}\).
Solution:
For the given nuclide,
Atomic number, Z = 18, Mass number, A = 40
Number of protons = Number of electrons = Z = 18
Number of neutrons (N) = A – Z = 40 – 18 = 22
Ans: Number of protons = 18, Number of electrons = 18, Number of neutrons = 22

Question 16.
How many protons, electrons and neutrons are there in the following nuclei?
i. \({ }_{8}^{17} \mathrm{O}\)
ii. \({ }_{12}^{25} \mathrm{Mg}\)
iii. \({ }_{35}^{80} \mathrm{Br}\)
Solution:
i. \({ }_{8}^{17} \mathrm{O}\)
Atomic number, Z = 8, Mass number, A = 17
Number of protons = Number of electrons = Z = 8
Number of neutrons (N) = A – Z = 17 – 8 = 9
Ans: Number of protons = 8, Number of electrons = 8, Number of neutrons = 9

ii. \({ }_{12}^{25} \mathrm{Mg}\)
Atomic number, Z = 12, Mass number, A = 25
Number of protons = Number of electrons = Z = 12
Number of neutrons (N) = A – Z = 25 – 12 = 13
Ans: Number of protons = 12, Number of electrons = 12, Number of neutrons = 13

iii. \({ }_{35}^{80} \mathrm{Br}\)
Atomic number, Z = 35, Mass number, A = 80
Number of protons = Number of electrons = Z = 35
Number of neutrons (N) = A – Z = 80 – 35 = 45
Ans: Number of protons = 35, Number of electrons = 35, Number of neutrons = 45

Question 17.
Define isotopes.
Answer:
Isotopes are defined as the atoms of an element having the same number ofprotons but different number of neutrons in their nuclei.
e.g. \({ }_{6}^{12} \mathrm{C}\), \({ }_{6}^{13} \mathrm{C}\) and \({ }_{6}^{14} \mathrm{Br}\) are isotopes.

Question 18.
Complete the information about the isotopes of carbon in the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 6
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 7

Question 19.
Define isobars.
Answer:
Isobars are defined as the atoms of different elements having the same mass number but different atomic number.
e.g. \({ }_{6}^{14} \mathrm{C}\) and \({ }_{7}^{14} \mathrm{N}\) are isobars.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 20.
Complete the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 8
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 9

Question 21.
The two natural isotopes of chlorine viz. \({ }_{17}^{35} \mathrm{Cl}\) and \({ }_{17}^{37} \mathrm{Cl}\) exist in relative abundance of 3 : 1. Find out the average atomic mass of chlorine.
Solution:
Given: Isotopes of chlorine \({ }_{17}^{35} \mathrm{Cl}\) and \({ }_{17}^{37} \mathrm{Cl}\).
Ratio of relative abundance of these isotopes is 3 : 1.
To find: Average atomic mass of chlorine
Calculation: From the relative abundance 3 : 1, it is understood that out of 4 chlorine atoms, 3 atoms have mass 35 and 1 atom has mass 37.
Therefore, the average atomic mass of chlorine = \(\frac{3 \times 35+1 \times 37}{4}\) = 35.5
∴ Average atomic mass of chlorine = 35.5 u
Ans: The average atomic mass of chlorine is 35.5 u.

Question 22.
Find out the average atomic mass of lithium (Li) from the following data:

Isotope Atomic mass (u) Abundance
6Li 6.015 7.59%
7Li 7.016 92.41%

Solution:
Given: Three isotopes of lithium along with respective atomic mass and % abundance.
To find: Average atomic mass of lithium
Calculation:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 10
Ans: Average atomic mass of lithium is 6.940 u.

Question 23.
Certain results were obtained when scientists studied the interactions of radiation with matter. What were the two results, utilized by Neils Bohr to overcome the drawbacks of Rutherford model?
Answer:
The two results utilized by Neils Bohr to overcome the drawbacks of Rutherford model were:

  • Wave particle duality of electromagnetic radiation
  • Line emission spectra of hydrogen

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 24.
Explain in short the wave particle duality of light (electromagnetic radiation).
Answer:
Wave particle duality of light (electromagnetic radiation):

  • Light has both particle and wave like nature.
    Phenomena such as diffraction and interference of light could be explained by treating light as electromagnetic wave.
  • However, the black-body radiation or photoelectric effect could not be explained by wave nature of light. This could be accounted for by considering particle nature of light. Thus, both phenomena could be explained only by accepting that light has dual behaviour.
  • When light interacts with matter it behaves as a stream of particles (called photons) and when light propagates, it behaves as an electromagnetic wave.

Question 25.
Observe the following figure of an electromagnetic wave and answer the questions given below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 11
i. What does ‘x’ represent?
ii. What does ‘y’ represent?
Answer:
i. ‘x’ represents amplitude of the wave.
ii. ‘y’ represents wavelength of the wave.

Question 26.
Define and explain the following terms:
i. Wavelength (λ).
ii. Frequency (ν)
iii. Wavenumber (\(\bar{v}\))
iv. Amplitude (A)
v. Velocity (c)
Answer:
i. Wavelength (λ):

  • The distance between two consecutive crests or two consecutive troughs in a wave is called wavelength.
  • It is represented by Greek letter λ (lambda).
  • The SI unit for wavelength is metre (m).

Note: The other units include Angstrom, nanometre, picometer (1 pm = 10-12 m) and micron (1µ = 10-6 m).
1Å = 10-8 cm = 10-10 m
1nm = 10-9 m = 10Å

ii. Frequency (ν):

  • The number of waves that pass a given point in one second is called frequency.
  • It is represented by Greek letter ‘ν’ (nu).
  • The SI unit of frequency is Hertz (Hz) or s-1.

Note: 1 Hz = 1 cycle per second (1 cps)
The units, kilo Hertz (kHz) and mega Hertz (mHz) are commonly used.
1 kHz = 103 Hz = 103 cps
1 mHz = 106 Hz = 106 cps

iii. Wavenumber (\(\bar{v}\)):

  • The number of wavelengths per unit length is called the wavenumber.
  • It is represented by \(\bar{v}\) (nu bar).
  • The commonly used unit for wavenumber is cm-1 while its SI unit is m-1.
  • Wavenumber of a wave is related to the wavelength as follows:
    \(\bar{v}\) = \(\frac{1}{\lambda}\)

iv. Amplitude (A):

  • The height of a crest or the depth of a trough from the line of propagation of the wave is called
    amplitude.
  • It is represented by letter ‘A’.
  • The square of the amplitude represents the intensity (brightness) of the radiation.

v. Velocity (c):

  • The distance travelled by a wave in one second is called the velocity of the wave.
  • It is denoted by letter c.
  • It is the product of the frequency and wavelength. Hence, c = νλ
  • The velocity of all types of electromagnetic radiations (in space or in vacuum) is the same and it is equal to the velocity of light (3 × 1010 cm s-1 or 3 × 108 m s-1. However, they may have different wavelengths and frequencies.

Question 27.
Write a short note on quantum theory of radiation.
Answer:
i. Max Planck put forward a theory known as Planck’s quantum theory to explain black-body radiation.
ii. According to this theory, the energy of electromagnetic radiation depends upon the frequency and not the amplitude.
iii. The smallest quantity of energy that can be emitted or absorbed in the form of electromagnetic radiation is called as ‘quantum’.
iv. The energy (E) of each quantum of radiation is directly proportional to its frequency (ν).
i.e., E ∝ ν ; E = hν
where, h = Planck’s constant = 6.626 × 10-34 J s.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 28.
Parameters of blue and red light are 400 nm and 750 nm respectively. Which of the two is of higher energy?
Answer:
400 nm and 750 nm are the wavelengths of blue and red light respectively. Energy of radiation is given by the expression E = hν and the frequency (ν), of radiation is related to the wavelength by the expression.
ν = \(\frac{c}{\lambda}\)
∴ E = \(\frac{\mathrm{hc}}{\lambda}\)
Therefore, shorter the wavelength, λ, larger the frequency, ν, and higher the energy, E. Thus, blue light which has shorter λ (400 nm) than red light (750 nm) has higher energy.

Question 29.
What is an emission spectrum?
Answer:

  • When a substance is irradiated with electromagnetic radiation, it absorbs energy. Atoms, molecules or ions, which have absorbed radiation are said to be ‘excited’. Heating can also result in an excited state.
  • The excited species emits the absorbed energy in the form of radiation. This process is called emission of radiation and the recorded spectrum of this emitted radiation is called ‘emission spectrum’.

Question 30.
Give some examples of commonly used light sources that work on atomic emission.
Answer:
Examples are fluorescent tube, sodium vapor lamp, neon sign and halogen lamp.

Question 31.
Write a short note on emission spectrum of hydrogen. Also, list all the five series of lines in the hydrogen spectrum.
Answer:
i. When electric discharge is passed through gaseous hydrogen, it emits radiation. The recorded spectrum of this emitted radiation is called hydrogen emission spectrum.

ii. This spectrum falls in different regions of electromagnetic radiation and it is comprised of a series of lines corresponding to different frequencies. That is, the spectrum was discontinuous.

iii. In the year, 1885, Balmer expressed the wave numbers of the emission lines in the visible region of electromagnetic spectrum by the formula:
\(\overline{\mathrm{v}}=109677\left[\frac{1}{2^{2}}-\frac{1}{\mathrm{n}^{2}}\right] \mathrm{cm}^{-1}\)
where, n = 3, 4, 5,…
These lines are known as Balmer series.

iv. Rydberg found that other series of lines could be described by the following formula:
\(\bar{v}=109677\left[\frac{1}{n_{1}^{2}}-\frac{1}{n_{2}^{2}}\right] \mathrm{cm}^{-1}\)
where, 109677 cm-1 is called Rydberg constant for hydrogen (RH).

v. Different series of emission spectral lines for hydrogen are as follows:

Series n1 n2 Region
Lyman 1 2, 3, 4, …. Ultraviolet
Balmer 2 3, 4, 5, …. Visible
Paschen 3 4, 5, 6, …. Infrared
Bracket 4 5, 6, 7, …. Infrared
Pfund 5 6, 7, 8,…. Infrared

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 32.
Observe the emission spectrum of hydrogen and answer the following questions.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 12
i. Is the spectrum continuous?
ii. In which region of electromagnetic radiation does the Paschen series belong?
iii. Which series falls in the visible region of electromagnetic radiation?
Answer:
i. The spectra is not continuous and comprises of a series of lines corresponding to different frequencies.
ii. Paschen series falls in the infrared region of electromagnetic radiation.
iii. Balmer series falls partly in the visible region of electromagnetic radiation.

Question 33.
Give the expression to calculate wavenumber of the emission lines in the Balmer series.
Answer:
\(\bar{v}=109677\left[\frac{1}{2^{2}}-\frac{1}{\mathrm{n}^{2}}\right] \mathrm{cm}^{-1}\)
where, n = 3, 4, 5, ….

Question 34.
Visible light has wavelengths ranging from 400 nm (violet) to 750 nm (red). Express these wavelengths in terms of frequency (Hz). (1 nm = 10-9 m)
Solution:
Given: Wavelengths: λ1 = 400 nm (for violet light), λ2 = 750 nm (for red light)
To find: Frequencies: ν1, ν2
Formula: ν = \(\frac{c}{\lambda}\)
Calculation: i. Wavelength of violet light, λ1 = 400 nm = 400 × 10-9 m
Frequency, ν = \(\frac{c}{\lambda}\) where c is speed of light = 3.0 × 108 ms-1
∴ ν1 = \(\frac{3.0 \times 10^{8} \mathrm{~ms}^{-1}}{400 \times 10^{-9} \mathrm{~m}}\) = 7.50 × 1014 Hz
ii. Wavelength of red light, λ2 = 750 nm = 750 × 10-9 m
Frequency, ν = \(\frac{c}{\lambda}\)
∴ ν2 = \(\frac{3.0 \times 10^{8} \mathrm{~m} \mathrm{~s}^{-1}}{750 \times 10^{-9} \mathrm{~m}}\) = 4.00 × 1014 Hz
Ans: The frequency of violet light is 7.50 × 1014 Hz and that of red light is 4.00 × 1014 Hz.

Question 35.
Yellow light emitted from a lamp has a wavelength of 580 nm. Find the frequency and wavenumber of this light.
Solution:
Given: Wavelength (λ) = 580 nm
To find: Frequency (ν), Wave number \(\bar{v}\)
Formulae : \(v=\frac{c}{\lambda}, \bar{v}=\frac{1}{\lambda}\)
Calculation: Wavelength of yellow light (λ) = 580 nm = 580 × 10-9 m [1 nm = 10-9 m]
We know that frequency (ν) is related to wavelength as: ν = \(\frac{c}{\lambda}\)
where, c, velocity of light = 3.0 × 10-8 m s-1
∴ ν = \(\frac{3.0 \times 10^{8} \mathrm{~m} \mathrm{~s}^{-1}}{580 \times 10^{-9} \mathrm{~m}}=5.17 \times 10^{14} \mathrm{~s}^{-1}\)
Again, Wave number, \(\bar{v}=\frac{1}{\lambda}=\frac{1}{580 \times 10^{-9} \mathrm{~m}}=1.72 \times 10^{6} \mathrm{~m}^{-1}\)
Ans: Frequency = 5.17 × 1014 s-1 and wave number = 1.72 × 106 m-1

Question 36.
Calculate the energy of a photon of radiation having wavelength 300 nm. [h = 6.63 × 10-34 J s]
Solution:
Given: Wavelength (λ) = 300 nm
To find: Energy of a photon (E)
Formulae: E = \(\frac{\mathrm{hc}}{\lambda}\)
Calculation: From formula,
E = \(\frac{6.63 \times 10^{-34} \mathrm{~J} \mathrm{~s} \times 3 \times 10^{8} \mathrm{~m} \mathrm{~s}^{-1}}{300 \times 10^{-9} \mathrm{~m}}=6.63 \times 10^{-19} \mathrm{~J}\)
Ans: Energy of a photon is 6.63 × 10-19 J.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 37.
Explain briefly the results of Bohr’s theory for hydrogen atom.
Answer:
i. The stationary states for electrons are numbered n = 1, 2, 3……. These integers are known as principal quantum numbers.
ii. The radii of the stationary states are rn = n2 a0, where a0 = 52.9 pm (picometer). Thus, the radius of the first stationary state, called the Bohr radius is 52.9 pm.
iii. The most important property associated with the electron is the energy of its stationary state. It is given by the formula:
En = -RH (1/n2), where n = 1, 2, 3, …..
RH is the Rydberg constant for hydrogen and its value in joules is 2.18 × 10-18 J.
The lowest energy state is called the ground state. Energy of the ground state (n = 1) is:
E1 = -2.18 × 10-18 × 1/12 = -2.18 × 10-18 J
Energy of the stationary state corresponding to n = 2 is
E2 = -2.18 × 10-18 × (1/(2)2) = -0.545 × 10-18 J.
iv. Bohr theory can be applied to hydrogen like species. For example, He+, Li2+, Be3+ and so on. Energies and radii of the stationary states associated with these species are given by:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 13
where, Z is the atomic number. From the above expressions, it can be seen that the energy decreases (becomes more negative) and radius becomes smaller as the value of Z increases.
v. Velocities of electrons can also be calculated from the Bohr theory. Qualitatively, it is found that the magnitude of velocity of an electron increases with increase of Z and decreases with increase in the principal quantum number (n).

Question 38.
How many electrons are present in \({ }_{1}^{2} \mathrm{H}\), 2He and He+ ? Which of these are hydrogen-like species?
Answer:
Hydrogen-like species contain only one electron.
Consider \({ }_{1}^{2} \mathrm{H}\):
Number of protons = Number of electrons = 1
Consider 2He:
Number of protons = Number of electrons = 2
Consider He+:
Number of electrons = (Number of electrons in He – 1) = 2 – 1 = 1
Thus, \({ }_{1}^{2} \mathrm{H}\) and He+ are hydrogen-like species.
[Note: Bohr’s theory is applicable to hydrogen atom and hydrogen-like species, which contain only one electron.]

Question 39.
Describe how the line spectrum of hydrogen is explained by Bohr theory.
Answer:
i. According to second postulate of Bohr theory, radiation is emitted when an electron moves from an outer orbit of higher principal quantum number (ni) to an inner orbit of lower principal quantum number (nf). The energy difference (ΔE) between the initial and final orbit of the electronic transition corresponds to the energy of the emitted radiation.
ii. From the third postulate of Bohr theory, ΔE can be expressed as
ΔE = Ei – Ef …….(1)
iii. According to the results derived from Bohr theory, the energy (En) of an orbit is related to its principal quantum number ‘n’ by the equation:
E = \(-\mathrm{R}_{\mathrm{H}}\left(\frac{1}{\mathrm{n}^{2}}\right)\) ……(2)
iv. On combining these two equations, we get:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 14
v. Substituting the value of RH in joules, we get
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 15
vi. This expression can be rewritten in the terms of wavenumber of the emitted radiation in the following steps:
(ΔE) J = (h) J s × (ν) Hz
and
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 16
This equation appears like the Rydberg equation, where, nf = n1 and ni = n2.
In other words, Bohr theory successfully accounts for the empirical Rydberg equation for the line emission spectrum of hydrogen.

Question 40.
Observe the following diagram showing electronic transition in the hydrogen spectrum.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 17
i. Electron jumps from higher energy level to n = 1. Which series does it correspond to?
ii. Electron jumps from higher energy level to n = 4. Which series does it correspond to?
iii. Which transition will give second line of Balmer series?
Answer:
i. When electron jumps from higher energy level to n = 1, it corresponds to Lyman series.
ii. When electron jumps from higher energy level to n = 1, it corresponds to Bracket series.
iii. When electron jumps from n = 4 to n = 1, the second line of Balmer series is observed.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 41.
Explain de Broglie’s equation.
Answer:
de Broglie’s equation:

  • de Broglie proposed (in 1924) that matter should exhibit a dual behaviour. That is, every object which possesses a mass and velocity behaves both as a particle and as a wave. An electron has mass and velocity. This means that an electron should have momentum (p), a property of particle as well as wavelength (λ), a property of wave.
  • According to de Broglie, the wavelength λ of a particle of mass m moving with a velocity v is
    λ = \(\frac{\mathrm{h}}{\mathrm{mv}}\) where, h is Planck’s constant.
  • The quantity mv gives the momentum of the particles.
    λ = \(\frac{\mathrm{h}}{\mathrm{p}}\) where, p represents the momentum of the particle.
  • de Broglie’s prediction was confirmed by diffraction experiments (a wave property).

[Note: According to de Broglie’s equation, the wavelength of a moving particle is inversely proportional to its mass. Therefore, heavier particles have much smaller wavelength than lighter particles like electrons.]

Question 42.
Write a note on Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle.
Answer:
i. Uncertainty principle was proposed by Wemer Heisenberg in 1927. It can be stated as “It is impossible to determine simultaneously, the exact position and exact momentum (or velocity) of an electron ”.
ii. If Δx is the uncertainty in the determination of the position of a very small moving particle and Δpx is the uncertainty in the determination of its momentum, then
Δx Δpx ≥ \(\frac{\mathrm{h}}{4 \pi}\) …….(1) where h is Planck’s constant
iii. The above equation can alternatively be stated as,
Δx × m × Δvx ≥ \(\frac{\mathrm{h}}{4 \pi}\), because Δpx = m × Δvx ……..(2)
where Δvx is the uncertainty in the determination of velocity and m is the mass of the particle.

Question 43.
Calculate the radius and energy associated with the first orbit of He.
Solution:
Given: n = 1
To find: Radius and energy associated with the first orbit of He+
Formulae:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 18
Calculation: He+ is a hydrogen-like species having Z = 2.
Using formula (i),
Radius of the first orbit of He+ = r1 = \(\frac{52.9 \times(1)^{2}}{2} \mathrm{pm}\)
= 26.45 pm
Using formula (ii),
Energy of the first orbit of He+ = E1 = -2.18 × 10-18 \(\left(\frac{2^{2}}{1^{2}}\right) \mathrm{J}\)
= -8.72 × 10-18 J
Ans: Radius of the first orbit of He+ is 26.45 pm and energy of the first orbit of He+ is -8.72 × 10-18 J.

Question 44.
What is the wavelength of the photon emitted during the transition from the orbit of n = 5 to that of n = 2 in hydrogen atom?
Solution:
Given: ni = 5, nf = 2
To find: Wavelength of the photon emitted
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 19
Ans: Wavelength of the photon emitted is 434 nm.

Question 45.
Calculate the mass of a hypothetical particle having wavelength 5894 A and velocity 1.0 × 108 ms-1.
Solution:
Given: Wavelength (λ) = 5894 Å, Velocity (ν) = 1.0 × 108 ms-1
To find: Mass of a particle
Formula: λ = \(\frac{\mathrm{h}}{\mathrm{mv}}\) or m = \(\frac{\mathrm{h}}{\lambda \mathrm{v}}\) (according to de-Broglie equation)
Calculation: m = \(\frac{\mathrm{h}}{\lambda \mathrm{v}}\)
∴ m = \(\frac{6.626 \times 10^{-34} \mathrm{~kg} \mathrm{~m}^{2} \mathrm{~s}^{-1}}{\left(5894 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{~m}\right) \times\left(1.0 \times 10^{8} \mathrm{~ms}^{-1}\right)}\)
= 1.124 × 10-35 kg
Ans: Mass of a particle is 1.124 × 10-35 kg.

[Calculation using log table:
\(\frac{6.626 \times 10^{-34}}{5894 \times 10^{-10} \times 1.0 \times 10^{8}}=\frac{6.626}{5894} \times 10^{-32}\)
= Antilog10 [log10 6.626 – log10 5894] × 10-32
= Antilog10 [0.8213 – 3.7704] × 10-32
= Antilog10 [latex]\overline{3} .0509[/latex] × 10-32 = 1.124 × 10-35]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 46.
Write a short note on Schrodinger equation.
Answer:
Schrodinger equation or wave equation:
i. Schrodinger developed the fundamental equation of quantum mechanics which incorporates wave particle duality of matter. The Schrodinger equation or wave equation is written as:
It \(\hat{\mathbf{H}}\)ψ = Eψ
Here \(\hat{\mathbf{H}}\) is a mathematical operator called Hamiltonian, ψ (psi) is the wave function and E is the total energy of the system.

ii. When Schrodinger equation is solved for an electron in hydrogen atom, the possible values of energy states (E) that the electron may have along with the corresponding wave function (ψ) are obtained. As a consequence of solving this equation, a set of three quantum numbers characteristic of the quantized energy levels and the corresponding wave functions are obtained. These are: Principal quantum number (n), azimuthal quantum number (l) and magnetic quantum number (ml).

iii. The solution of Schrodinger wave equation led to three quantum numbers and successfully predicted features of hydrogen atom emission spectrum.

iv. Splitting of spectral lines in multi-electron atomic emission spectra could not be explained through such model. These were explained by George Uhlenbeck and Samuel Goudsmit (1925) who proposed the presence of the fourth quantum number called electron spin quantum number, ms.

Question 47.
Write a short note on magnetic orbital quantum number (ml).
Answer:
Magnetic orbital quantum number (ml):

  • Magnetic orbital quantum number describes the relative spatial orientation of the orbitals in a given subshell.
  • It is denoted by m; and it has values from -l to +l through zero, giving total values or total orientations equal to (2l + 1).
  • For s-subshell, 1 = 0, hence, ml = 0. Thus, s-subshell contains only one orbital.
  • For p-subshell, l = 1, hence, ml = +1, 0, -1. Thus, p-subshell contains three orbitals having distinct orientations.

Question 48.
If n = 2, what are the values of quantum number l and ml ?
Answer:
For a given n, l = 0 to (n – 1) and for given l, ml = -l…., 0…. + l
Therefore, the possible values of l and ml for n = 2 are:

Value of n Value of l Value of ml
2 0 ml = 0
1 ml = -1

ml = 0

ml = +1

Question 49.
What are the values of ml for f-subshell?
Answer:
For f-subshell, l = 3. Therefore, ml has seven values: + 3, + 2, + 1, 0, -1, -2, -3.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 50.
How many orbitals make the N-shell? What is the subshell wise distribution of orbitals in the N-shell?
Answer:
For N-shell principal quantum number n = 4
∴ Total number of orbitals in N-shell = n2 = 42 = 16. The total number of subshells in N-shell = n = 4.
The four subshells with their azimuthal quantum numbers and the constituent number of orbitals are as shown below:

Azimuthal quantum number (l) Symbol of subshell Number of orbitals (2l + 1)
l = 0 s (2 × 0) + 1 = 1
l = 1 P (2 × 1) + 1 = 3
l = 2 d (2 × 2) + 1 = 5
l = 3 f (2 × 3) + 1 = 7

Question 51.
Complete the following flow chart:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 20
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 21

Question 52.
Write a short note on electron spin quantum number.
Answer:
Electron spin quantum number (ms):

  • Electron spin quantum number describes the spin state of the electron in an orbital. It is designated as ms.
  • An electron spins around its axis and this imparts spin angular momentum to it.
  • The two orientations which the spin angular momentum of an electron can take up give rise to the spin states which can be distinguished from each other by the spin quantum number, ms, which can be either +1/2 or -1/2.
  • The two spin states are represented by two arrows, ↑ (pointing up) and ↓ (pointing down) and thus have opposite spins.

Question 53.
An atom has two electrons in its 4s orbital. Write the values of the four quantum numbers for each of them.
Answer:
For the 4s orbital, 4 stands for the principal quantum number n; s stands for the subshell s having the value of azimuthal quantum number, l = 0. In the ‘s’ subshell, there is only one orbital and has magnetic quantum number, ml = 0. The two electrons in this orbital have opposite spins. Thus, the four quantum numbers of two electrons in 4s orbital are:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 22

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 54.
Write a short note on probability density of electron.
Answer:
i. The probability of finding an electron at a given point in an atom is proportional to the square of the wave function at that point (ψ2).
ii. According to Max Born, the square of wave function at a point in an atom is the probability density of the electron at that point.
The following figure shows the probability density diagrams of Is and 2s atomic orbitals. These diagrams appear like a cloud.
The electron cloud of 2s orbital shows one node, which is a region with nearly zero probability density and displays the change of sign for its corresponding wavefunction.
Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 23

Question 55.
What is meant by the term ‘boundary surface diagram’?
Answer:
A boundary surface is drawn in space for an orbital such that the value of probability density (ψ2) is constant and encloses a region where the probability of finding electron is typically more than 90%. Such a boundary surface diagram is a good representation of shape of an orbital.
e.g. Boundary surface diagram of Is and 2s orbitals are spherical in shape.

Question 56.
Describe the shape of s orbital.
Answer:
Shape of s orbital:

  • For each value of principal quantum number ‘n’, there is only one s-orbital.
  • For s-orbital, l = 0 and ml = 0, hence s-orbital has only one orientation i.e., the probability of finding the electrons is same in all directions. Thus, s-orbital is spherically symmetrical around the nucleus.
  • The value of n determines the size of an orbital. With increase in the value of n, the size of the s-orbital increases.

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 24

Question 57.
Describe the shape of 2p orbitals.
Answer:
Shape of 2p orbitals:
i. For p orbital, l = 1. For l = 1, ml = +1, 0, -1. Thus, p orbitals have three orientations.
ii. Each orbital has two lobes on the two sides of a nodal plane passing through the nucleus.
iii. Shape of 2p orbitals resembles a dumbbell.
iv. The size and energy of the three 2p orbitals are the same. However, their orientations in space are different. The lobes of the three 2p orbitals are along the x, y and z axes. Accordingly, the corresponding orbitals are designated as 2px, 2py and 2pz. The size and energy of the orbitals in p subshell increase with the increase of principal quantum number.
Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 25

Question 58.
Describe the shape of 3d orbitals.
Answer:
Shape of 3d orbitals:

  • For d orbital, l = 2. For l = 2, ml = +2, +1, 0, -1, -2. Thus, d orbitals have five orientations.
  • They are designated as dxy, dyz, dzx, dx2-y2 and dz.
  • Shape of 3d orbitals are shown in the following figure. The first three have double dumb-bell shape. They lie in xy, yz and xz plane, respectively. The dx2-y2 is also dumb-bell shaped and lies along the x and y axes. dz2 is dumb-bell shaped along z axis with a dough-nut shaped ring of high electron density around the nucleus in xy plane.
  • In spite of difference in their shapes, the five d orbitals are equivalent in energy. The shapes of 4d, 5d, 6d…….. orbitals are similar to those of 3d orbitals, but their respective size and energies are large or they are said to be more diffused.

Diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 26

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 59.
Explain (n + l) rule with respect to energies of orbitals.
Answer:
The lower the sum (n + l) for an orbital, the lower is its energy. If two orbitals have the same (n + l) values, then the orbital with the lower value of n is of lower energy. This is called the (n + l) rule.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 27

Question 60.
What are the two methods of representing electronic configuration of an atom?
Answer:
The two methods of representing electronic configuration of an atom are:
i. Orbital notation: nsa npb ndc …..
In the orbital notation method, a shell is represented by the principal quantum number (n) followed by respective symbol of the subshell. The number of electrons occupying that subshell being written as superscript on right side of the symbol.

ii. Orbital diagram:
In the orbital diagram method, each orbital in a subshell is represented by a box and the electrons represented by an arrow (↑ for up spin and ↓ for down spin) are placed in the respective boxes. In this method, all the four quantum numbers of electron are accounted for.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 28
Note: Consider two electrons in 3s orbital:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 29

Question 61.
Complete the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 30
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 31

Question 62.
Explain condensed orbital notation of electronic configuration of an atom.
Answer:

  • The orbital notation of electronic configuration of an element with high atomic number comprises a long train of symbols of orbitals with an increasing order of energy.
  • It can be condensed by dividing it into two parts: Inner or core part of electronic configuration and outer electronic configuration.
  • Electronic configuration of the preceding inert gas is a part of the electronic configuration of any element. In the condensed orbital notation, it is implied by writing symbol of that inert gas in a square bracket. It is core part of the electronic configuration of that element. The outer electronic configuration is specific to a particular element and written immediately after the bracket.
  • For example, the orbital notation of potassium ‘K (Z = 19) is Is2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1’. Its core part is the electronic configuration of the preceding inert gas argon ‘Ar: 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6, while ‘4s1’ is an outer part. Therefore, the condensed orbital notation of electronic configuration of potassium is ‘K: [Ar] 4s2.’

Note: Electronic configuration of the elements with atomic numbers 1 to 30 is as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 32
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 33

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 63.
Write electronic configuration of 18Ar and 19K using orbital notation and orbital diagram method.
Answer:
From the atomic numbers, it is understood that 18 electrons are to be filled in Ar atom and 19 electrons are to be filled in K atom. These are to be filled in the orbitals according to the Aufbau principle. The electronic configuration of these atoms can be represented as:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 34

Question 64.
Write condensed orbital notation of electronic configuration of the following elements:
i. Fluorine (Z = 9)
ii. Scandium (Z = 21)
iii. Cobalt (Z = 27)
iv. Zinc (Z = 30)
Answer:

No. Element Condensed orbital notation
i. Fluorine (Z = 9) [He] 2s2 2p5
ii. Scandium (Z = 21) [Ar] 4s2 3d1
iii. Cobalt (Z = 27) [Ar] 4s2 3d7
iv. Zinc (Z = 30) [Ar] 4s2 3d10

Question 65.
Find out one dinegative anion and one unipositive cation which are isoelectronic with Ne atom. Write their electronic configuration using orbital notations and orbital diagram method.
Answer:
Atomic number (Z) of Ne is 10. Therefore, Ne and its isoelectronic species contain 10 electrons each. The dinegative anionic species, isoelectronic with Ne is obtained by adding two electrons to the atom with Z = 8. This is O2- ion.
The unipositive cationic species, isoelectronic with Ne is obtained by removing one electron from an atom with Z = 11. It is Na+ ion.
These species and their electronic configurations are shown below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 35

Question 66.
A student pictorially represented the electronic configuration of cobalt (Z = 27) in ground state as shown in the following figure.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 36
i. Is this the correct representation?
ii. Identify the rules of electron filling that are violated (if any) in the above answer and give the correct representation.
Answer:
i. No, the electronic configuration of cobalt in ground state is incorrectly represented.
ii. The mles of electron filling that are violated in the above diagram are Pauli’s exclusion principle and Hund’s rule. The correct electronic configuration is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 37

Question 67.
With reference to the representative model of the gold foil experiment, answer the following questions:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 38
i. What evidence regarding an atom do lines A, B and C provide?
ii. How does Rutherford’s model contradict Thomson’s plum-pudding model?
iii. What results would you expect from the experiment if Thomson’s plum-pudding model was correct?
Answer:
i. Line A – Most of the space inside the atom is empty because most of the α-particles passed through the gold foil without getting deflected.
Line B – The nucleus is positively charged since some α-particles were deflected at small angles.
Line C – The nucleus contains most of the atoms mass since few α-particles were deflected backward, i.e. toward the radioactive source.

ii. According to plum-pudding model, an atom was considered a positively charged sphere with negatively charged electrons embedded in it. However, Rutherford’s gold foil experiment proved that an atom consists of large empty space with positive charge concentrated only at the centre (nucleus) and negatively charged electrons revolve around the nucleus in various orbits.

iii. If Thomson’s plum-pudding model was correct, then in the gold foil experiment we would not expect to see any significant deflection of the α-particles, i.e., Most α-particles would pass through the foil with very small or no deflections.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question 68.
Complete the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 39
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 40

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Which of the following statements about the electron is INCORRECT?
(A) It is a negatively charged particle.
(B) The mass of electron is equal to the mass of neutron.
(C) It is a basic constituent of all atoms.
(D) It is a constituent of cathode rays.
Answer:
(B) The mass of electron is equal to the mass of neutron.

2. The isotopes of an element differ in
(A) the number of neutrons in the nucleus
(B) the charge on the nucleus
(C) the number of extra-nuclear electrons
(D) both the nuclear charge and the number of extra-nuclear electrons
Answer:
(A) the number of neutrons in the nucleus

3. The difference between U235 and U238 atoms is that U238 contains ………….
(A) 3 more protons
(B) 3 more protons and 3 more electrons
(C) 3 more neutrons and 3 more electrons
(D) 3 more neutrons
Answer:
(D) 3 more neutrons

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

4. The number of electrons, protons and neutrons in 31P3- ion is respectively ……………
(A) 15, 15, 16
(B) 15, 16, 15
(C) 18, 15, 16
(D) 15, 16, 18
Answer:
(C) 18, 15, 16

5. In vacuum, the speed of all types of electromagnetic radiation is equal to ………….
(A) 3.0 × 106 m s-1
(B) 3.0 × 108 m s-1
(C) 3.0 × 1010 m s-1
(D) 3.0 × 1012 m s-1
Answer:
(B) 3.0 × 108 m s-1

6. In the electromagnetic spectrum, the ultraviolet region is around ………….. Hz.
(A) 106
(B) 1010
(C) 1016
(D) 1026
Answer:
(C) 1016

7. In hydrogen spectrum, the series of lines appearing in ultraviolet region of electromagnetic spectrum are called ………….
(A) Lyman series
(B) Balmer series
(C) Pfund series
(D) Brackett series
Answer:
(A) Lyman series

8. The energy of electron in the nth Bohr orbit of H-atom is …………
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 41
Answer:
(C) \(-\frac{2.18 \times 10^{-18}}{\mathrm{n}^{2}} \mathrm{~J}\)

9. Which of the following is a hydrogen-like species?
(A) He2+
(B) Be3+
(C) Li+
(D) H+
Answer:
(B) Be3+

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

10. The de Broglie wavelength associated with a particle of mass 10-6 kg moving with a velocity of 10 m s-1 is ………..
(A) 6.63 × 10-22 m
(B) 6.63 × 10-29 m
(C) 6.63 × 10-31 m
(D) 6.63 × 10-34 m
Answer:
(B) 6.63 × 10-29 m

11. An orbital is designated by …………. quantum numbers while an electron in an atom is designated by …………. quantum numbers.
(A) two, three
(B) three, two
(C) four, two
(D) three, four
Answer:
(D) three, four

12. In a multi-electron atom, the energy of the orbital depends on two quantum numbers: ……….
(A) n and ms
(B) n and ml
(C) ml and ms
(D) n and l
Answer:
(D) n and l

13. The number of subshells in a shell is equal to ………..
(A) n
(B) n2
(C) n – 1
(D) l + 1
Answer:
(A) n

14. The maximum number of electrons in a subshell for which l = 3 is …………..
(A) 14
(B) 10
(C) 8
(D) 4
Answer:
(A) 14

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

15. Which of the following is INCORRECT?
(A) A nodal plane has ψ2 very close to zero.
(B) The value of ψ2 at any finite distance from the nucleus is always zero.
(C) A boundary surface diagram enclosing 100 % probability density cannot be drawn.
(D) A boundary surface diagram is a good representation of shape of an orbtial.
Answer:
(B) The value of ψ2 at any finite distance from the nucleus is always zero.

16. pz-Orbital has ……….. nodal plane/planes.
(A) zero
(B) one
(C) two
(D) three
Answer:
(B) one

17. Which of the following pairs of d-orbitals will have electron density along the axis?
(A) dxy, dx2-y2
(B) dz2, dxz
(C) dxz, dyz
(D) dz2, dx2-y2
Answer:
(D) dz2, dx2-y2

18. The two electrons have the following set of quantum numbers:
P = 3, 2, -2, +\(\frac {1}{2}\)
Q = 3, 0, 0, +\(\frac {1}{2}\)
Which of the following statement is TRUE?
(A) P and Q have same energy
(B) P has greater energy than Q
(C) P has lesser energy than Q
(D) P and Q represent same electron
Answer:
(B) P has greater energy than Q

19. For 3d orbital, the values of n and l are ………… respectively.
(A) 0, 3
(B) 3, 2
(C) 3, 0
(D) 3, 3
Answer:
(B) 3, 2

20. For the electron present in 1 s orbital of helium atom, the correct set of values of quantum numbers is ………..
(A) 1, 0, 0, +1/2
(B) 1, 1, 0, +1/2
(C) 1, 1, 1, +1/2
(D) 2, 0, 0, +1/2
Answer:
(A) 1, 0, 0, +1/2

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

21. The ground state electronic configuration for chromium atom (Z = 24) is …………
(A) [Ar] 3d5 4s1
(B) [Ar] 3d4 4s2
(C) [Ar] 3d8
(D) [Ar] 4s1 4p5
Answer:
(A) [Ar] 3d5 4s1

22. The electronic configuration of Ni2+ is ……….. (Atomic number of Ni = 28)
(A) [Ar] 4s2 3d6
(B) [Ar] 4s1 3d8
(C) [Ar] 3d8
(D) [Ar] 4s2 3d8
Answer:
(C) [Ar] 3d8

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 1.
Define the following terms:

Question (i)
Organs:
Answer:
Various tissues combine together in an orderly manner to form large functional units called organs, e.g. Kidneys.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question (ii)
Organ-system:
Answer:
Number of organs combine together to form an organ-system, e.g. Respiratory system.

Question 2.
How are the cells in a multicellular organism classified?
Answer:
In a multicellular organism, cells are broadly classified into two types: i. Somatic cells ii. Germ cells
1. Somatic cells:
All body cells except the sperm and the ova are called as somatic cells.
2. Germ cells:
The sperm and the ova are known as germ cells. They are related to reproductive system.

Question 3.
Complete the following.
Cells → …….. → Organs → …………. → Body
Answer:
Cells → Tissues → Organs → Organ Systems → Body

Question 4.
What is histology?
Answer:
The study of structure and arrangement of tissue is called histology.

Question 5.
What are the various types of animal tissues?
Answer:
There are four types of animal tissues namely, epithelial, connective, muscular and nervous tissue.

Question 6.
Give the characteristics of epithelial tissue.
Answer:
The characteristics of epithelial tissues are as follows:

  1. Epithelial tissue forms a covering on inner and outer surface of body and organs.
  2. The cells of this tissue are compactly arranged with little intercellular matrix.
  3. The cells rest on a non-cellular basement membrane.
  4. The epithelial cells are polygonal, cuboidal or columnar in shape.
  5. A single nucleus is present at the centre or at the base of the cell.
  6. The tissue is avascular and has a good regeneration capacity.
  7. The major function of the epithelial tissue is protection. It also helps in absorption, transport, filtration and secretion.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 7.
Name the types of epithelial tissues.
Answer:
The different types of epithelial tissues are as follows:
1. Simple epithelium: Epithelial tissue made up of single layer of cells is known as simple epithelium. Simple epithelium is further classified into:
a. Squamous Epithelium
b. Cuboidal Epithelium
c. Columnar Epithelium
d. Ciliated Epithelium
e. Glandular Epithelium
f. Sensory epithelium
g. Germinal epithelium

2. Compound epithelium: Epithelium composed of several layers is called compound epithelium. Compound epithelium is further classified into:
a. Stratified epithelium
b. Transitional epithelium

Question 8.
What does ‘basement membrane’ signify?
Answer:
Basement membrane is a non – cellular membrane on which the lowermost layer of the epithelium lies.

Question 9.
Write a note on squamous epithelium.
Answer:
Squamous epithelium or pavement epithelium:
Location: It is present in blood vessels, alveoli, coelom, etc.
Structure:

  1. The squamous epithelium is composed of single layer of cells.
  2. The cells are polygonal in shape, thin and flat, with serrated margin.
  3. They have centrally placed spherical or oval nucleus.
  4. They appear like flat tiles when viewed from above, thus, are also called as pavement epithelium.
  5. Functions: Protection, absorption, transport, filtration and secretion.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 1

Question 10.
Give an account of cuboidal epithelium.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 2
Cuboidal Epithelium:
Location: It is present in the lining of pancreatic ducts, salivary duct, proximal and distal convoluted tubules of nephron, etc.
Structure:
1. The cells are cuboidal in shape.
2. They have a centrally placed, spherical nucleus.
Functions: Absorption and secretion.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 11.
Describe briefly about columnar epithelium.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 3
Columnar Epithelium:
Location: It is found in inner lining of intestine, gall bladder, gastric glands, intestinal glands, etc.
Structure:
1. The cells are tall, pillar-like. The inner ends of the cells are narrow while free ends are broad and flat.
2. Nucleus is oval or elliptical in the lower half of the cell.
3. Free surface shows large number of microvilli.
Function: Secretion and absorption.

Question 12.
Write a note on ciliated epithelium.
Answer:
Location: It is found in inner lining of buccal cavity of frog, nasal cavity, trachea, oviduct of vertebrates, etc.
Structure:
1. Cells of this tissue are cuboidal or columnar.
2. Free ends of cells are broad while narrow ends rest on a basement membrane.
3. The free ends of the cell show hair-like cilia.
4. The nucleus is oval and placed at basal end of the cell.
Function: To create a movement of materials that comes in contact with the epithelium, in a specific direction. This aids in functions like prevention of entry of foreign particles in the trachea, pushing of the ovum through the oviduct, etc.

Question 13.
What is sensory epithelium? Draw a neat and labelled diagram.
Answer:
Sensory epithelium is composed of a modified form of columnar cells and elongated neurosensory cells. Sensory hairs are present at the free end of these cells.
Function: It perceives external as well as internal stimuli.
Location: It is found in the nose (Olfactory), ear (Auditory hair cells) and eye (photoreceptors).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 4

Question 14.
What is the function of germinal epithelium?
Answer:
The cells of the germinal epithelium divide meiotically to produce haploid gametes, e.g. Lining of seminiferous tubules, inner lining of ovary, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 15.
Explain compound epithelium with a suitable diagram.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 5
1. Compound epithelium consists of many layers of cells.
2. Only the lowermost layer of this tissue is based on the basement membrane.
3. Types of compound epithelium include:
a. Stratified epithelium: Nucleus is present in stratum germinativum (basal layer).
Cells at free surface become flat and lack nucleus called stratum comeum.
Function: Protection e.g. Epidermis of skin, oesophagus, cornea, vagina, rectum.
b. Transitional epithelium:
Structure of transitional epithelium is same like stratified epithelium.
The cells can undergo a change in their shape and structure depending on degree of stretch. Function: Distension of organ e.g. Urinary bladder

Question 16.
Distinguish between simple epithelium and compound epithelium.
Answer:

Simple epithelium Compound epithelium
1. It is made up of single layer of cells. It is made up of two or more layer of cells.
2. Single layer of cells that rest on the basement membrane. Only lowermost layer rests on basement membrane
3. It is useful in diffusion, osmosis, filtration, secretion and absorption. Generally protective in function. It has limited role in absorption.
4. It is generally present in the outer and inner lining of organs, blood vessels etc. It is present in the epidermis of skin, oesophagus, cornea, vagina, rectum, urinary bladder, etc.

Question 17.
Identify the type of epithelium found in the following cells/ cell structures:

  1. Auditory hair cells
  2. Goblet cells
  3. Inner lining of gall bladder
  4. Lining of oviduct of vertebrates
  5. Urinary bladder

Answer:

  1. Sensory epithelium
  2. Glandular epithelium
  3. Columnar epithelium
  4. Ciliated epithelium
  5. Transitional epithelium (Compound epithelium)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 18.
What is connective tissue? Write its characteristics.
Answer:
Connective tissue is the most widely spread tissue in the body which binds, supports and provides strength to other body tissues and organs.
Characteristics:
1. It consists of a variety of cells and fibres which are embedded in the abundant intercellular substance called matrix.
2. It is a highly vascular tissue, except cartilage.
3. The connective tissue is classified on the basis of matrix present, into three types, namely connective tissue proper, supporting connective tissue and fluid connective tissue.
a. Connective tissue proper is further classified as loose connective tissue (e.g. areolar connective tissue and adipose tissue) and dense connective tissue (e.g. ligament and tendon).
b. Supporting connective tissue also called skeletal tissue includes cartilage and bone.
c. Fluid connective tissue includes blood and lymph.
4. Functions: Connective tissue protects the vital organs of the body. It acts as packing material and also helps in healing process.

Question 19.
Name the cells of connective tissue which form fibers.
Answer:
Fibroblasts are the cells of connective tissue which form fibres.

Question 20.
Distinguish between epithelial tissue and connective tissue.
Answer:

Epithelial tissue Connective tissue
1. No intercellular space is present between the cells. Large intercellular space present between the cell.
2. Basement membrane present. Basement membrane absent.
3. Functions include covering, protection, secretion. Functions include attachment, support, storage, transportation.
4. It is present in the skin, lung alveoli, kidney tubules, etc. It is present in tendons, ligament, bone, etc.

Question 21.
Fill in the blanks.

  1. Connective tissues are highly vascular, except _______ .
  2. Supporting connective tissues are also called as ______ .
  3. Areolar tissue is a type of _______ connective tissue.

Answer:

  1. cartilage
  2. skeletal tissue
  3. loose

Question 22.
With help of neat labelled diagram, describe the structure of areolar connective tissue.
Answer:
Areolar tissue is a loose connective tissue found under the skin, between muscles, bones, around organs, blood vessels and peritoneum. It is composed of fibres and cells.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 6
The matrix of areolar tissues contains two types of fibres i.e. white fibres and yellow fibres.
a. White fibres: They are made up of collagen and give tensile strength to the tissue.
b. Yellow fibres: They are made up of elastin and are elastic in nature.
The four different types of cells present in this tissue are as follows:
a. Fibroblast: Large flat cells having branching processes. They produce fibres as well as polysaccharides that form the ground substance or matrix of the tissue.
b. Mast cells: Oval cells that secrete heparin and histamine.
c. Macrophages: Amoeboid, phagocytic cells.
d. Adipocytes (Fat cells): These cells store fat and have eccentric nucleus.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 23.
What is the function of areolar tissue?
Answer:
Areolar tissue acts as packing material, helps in healing process and connects different organs or layers of tissues.

Question 24.
Give the location, structure and function of adipose tissue.
Answer:
Adipose tissue (adipo = fat):
Location: It is found in association with areolar connective tissue. Adipose tissue is present beneath the skin, around the kidneys and between internal organs.
Structure:

  1. It contains large number of adipocytes.
  2. The cells are rounded or polygonal.
  3. Due to presence of fats stored in the form of droplets in adipocytes, the nucleus is shifted towards the periphery.
  4. Matrix is less and fibres and blood vessels are few in number.

The adipose tissue is of two types:

a. White adipose tissue:
1. It is opaque due to the presence of large number of adipocytes.
2. It is commonly present in adults.
b. Brown adipose tissue:
It is reddish brown in colour due to the presence of large number of blood vessels.

Functions:

  1. Adipose tissue is a good insulator, acts as a shock absorber and a good source of energy because it stores fat.
  2. The tissue is found in the sole and palm region as well as around organs like kidneys.
  3. The number of fat cells do not decrease on dieting. Once fat cells are formed, they remain constant throughout adult life. Dieting can only reduce the size of the fat cells and not their number.
  4. A person may generally have 10 – 30 billion fat cells in their body. Obese people can eventually have up to 100 billion fat cells.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 7

Question 25.
State the two types of dense connective tissue.
Answer:
1. Fibres and fibroblasts are compactly arranged in the dense connective tissue.
2. There are two types of dense connective tissue:
a. Dense regular connective tissue: Collagen fibres are arranged in a parallel manner, e.g. Tendons and ligaments.
b. Dense irregular connective tissue: Fibres and fibroblasts are not arranged in an orderly manner, e.g. Dermis of skin.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 26.
Write a short note on tendon.
Answer:
1. Tendons are a type of dense regular connective tissue.
2. Tendons connect skeletal muscles to bones.
3. They contain bundles of white fibres which give tensile strength to the tissue, e.g. Achilles tendon, Hamstring tendon.

Question 27.
Raju is experiencing pain at the back of the ankle and lower calf after a serious injury in a football match. What tissue must he have injured?
Answer:
Pain at the back of the ankle and lower calf indicates an injury to the tendons (dense connective tissue – Achilles tendon).

Question 28.
What are ligaments? Where are ligaments present and what is their function?
Answer:
Ligaments are a type of dense regular connective tissue that are made up of elastic or yellow fibres arranged in regular pattern. These fibres make the ligaments elastic.
Location: Ligaments are present at joints.
Function: Ligaments prevent dislocation of bones.

Question 29.
Identify the labels (X and Y) in the given diagram.
image
Answer:
X: Tendon Y: Ligament

Question 30.
What is supporting connective tissue? What are its types?
Answer:
1. Supporting connective tissue is a type of connective tissue which is characterised by the presence of hard matrix.
2. It is classified into two types i.e., cartilage and bone.

Question 31.
Write a short note on cartilage.
Answer:
Cartilage is a type of supporting connective tissue. It is a pliable yet tough tissue.
Structure:

  1. Abundant matrix is delimited by a sheath of collagenous fibres called perichondrium.
  2. The matrix is called chondrin.
  3. Below the perichondrium, immature cartilage forming cells called chondroblasts are present.
  4. Chondroblasts mature and get converted into chondrocytes.

Question 32.
Explain in brief about the various types of cartilages, with the help of a suitable diagram.
Answer:
Cartilage is a type of supporting connective tissue.
Depending upon the nature of the matrix, cartilage is of four types.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 8
1. Hyaline cartilage: The hyaline cartilage is elastic and compressible in nature.
a. Perichondrium is present in this cartilage.
b. Its matrix is bluish white and gel like.
c. Very fine collage fibres and chondrocytes are present in this cartilage.
Function: It acts as a good shock absorber as well as provides flexibility. It reduces friction. Location: It is found at the end of long bones, epiglottis, trachea, ribs, larynx and hyoid.

2. Elastic cartilage:
a. The perichondrium is present in elastic cartilage.
b. The matrix contains elastic fibres and chondrocytes are few in numbers.
Function: It gives support and maintains shape of the body part.
Location: It is found in the ear lobe, tip of the nose, etc.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 9

3. Fibrocartilage:
a. The fibrocartilage is the most rigid cartilage.
b. Perichondrium is absent in the fibrocartilage.
c. The matrix contains bundles of collagen fibres and few chondrocytes that are scattered in the fibres.
Function: It maintains position of vertebrae.
Location: Intervertebral discs are made up of fibrocartilage. It is also found at the pubic symphysis.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 10

4. Calcified cartilage:
This type of cartilage becomes rigid due to deposition of salts in the matrix, reducing the flexibility of joints in old age.
e.g. Head of long bones.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 33.
Fill in the blanks by selecting the correct word from the bracket and complete the given paragraph.
(heart, chondrium, peristomium, bone, perichondrium, ossein, pubic symphysis, cartilage, lacunae, chondrocytes)
_______ is a pliable yet tough supporting connective tissue. Its matrix is surrounded by a sheath of
collagenous fibres called _______ . The matrix is called ________ . In chondroblasts mature and get converted into ________ which are enclosed in the ________ in the matrix. This type of connective tissue is generally found in the _______ , ear lobe, etc.
Answer:
Cartilage is a pliable yet tough supporting connective tissue. Its matrix is surrounded by a sheath of collagenous fibres called perichondrium. The matrix is called chondrin. The chondroblasts mature and get converted into chondrocytes which are enclosed in the lacunae in the matrix. This type of connective tissue is generally found in the pubic symphysis, ear lobe, etc.

Question 34.
Distinguish between elastic cartilage and fibrocartilage.
Answer:

Elastic cartilage Fibrocartilage
1. Perichondrium is present. Perichondrium is absent.
2. Very fine collagen fibres and chondrocytes are present in the matrix. Matrix contains bundles of collagen fibres and few chondrocytes.
3. It is elastic and compressible in nature. It is the most rigid cartilage.
4. It acts as a good shock absorber and provides flexibility. It maintains the position of vertebrae.

Question 35.
Which protein is present in the bone matrix?
Answer:
Ossein is present in the bone matrix.

Question 36.
Based on the presence of matrix classify the bones present in the human body.
Answer:
Based on the presence of matrix there are two types of bones present in the human body:
1. Spongy bones:
Haversian system is absent in these bones.
Rectangular matrix is arranged in the form of trabeculae.
It contains red bone marrow.
2. Compact bones:
Matrix of these bones shows haversian system without any space between the lamellae.

Question 37.
Distinguish between cartilage and bone.
Answer:

Cartilage Bone
1. Matrix is covered by a sheath of collagenous fibres called perichondrium. Matrix is surrounded by an outer tough membrane called periosteum.
2. Cartilage is ilexible. Bone is rigid.
3. Haversian system is absent. Haversian system is present in mammalian bones.
4. Matrix is made up of chondrin. Matrix is made up of ossein.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 38.
Name the fluid connective tissues present in the body of animals.
Answer:
Blood and lymph are fluid connective tissues present in the body of animals.

Question 39.
Give the characteristics of muscular tissue.
Answer:

  1. The cells of the muscular tissue are elongated and are called as muscle fibres.
  2. The muscle fibres are covered by a membrane called sarcolemma.
  3. The cytoplasm of the muscle cell is called the sarcoplasm.
  4. Large number of contractile fibrils called myofibrils are present in the sarcoplasm.
  5. Depending on the type of muscle cells, one or many nuclei may be present.
  6. Myofibrils are made up of the proteins, actin and myosin.
  7. Muscle fibres contract and decrease in length on stimulation. Hence, muscular tissue is also known as contractile tissue.
  8. This tissue is vascular and innervated by nerves.
  9. Muscle cells contain large number of mitochondria.

Question 40.
Mention the different types of muscles and give their locations.
Answer:
1. Skeletal muscles/Striated muscles/ Voluntary muscles: They are found attached to bones.
2. Smooth / Non-striated muscles/ Involuntary muscles: They are found in the walls of visceral organs and blood vessels.
3. Cardiac muscles: They are found in the wall of the heart or myocardium.

Question 41.
With the help of a neat and labelled diagram, describe the location, structure and function of skeletal muscles.
Answer:
Skeletal muscles are also known as voluntary muscles.
Location: Skeletal muscles are found attached to bones.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 11
Structure:
1. They consist of large number of fasciculi which are wrapped by a connective tissue sheath called epimysium or fascia. Each individual fasciculus covered by perimysium.
2. Each fasciculus in turn consists of many muscle fibres called myofibers.
3. Each muscle fibre is a syncytial fibre that contains several nuclei.
4. The sarcoplasm (cytoplasm) is surrounded by the sarcolemma (cell membrane).
5. The sarcoplasm contains large number of parallelly arranged myofibrils and hence the nuclei gets shifted to the periphery.
6. Each myofibril is made up of repeated functional units called sarcomeres.
7. Each sarcomere has a dark band called anisotropic of ‘A’ band in the centre. ‘A’ bands are made up of the contractile proteins actin and myosin.
In the centre of the ‘A’ band is the light area called ‘H’ zone or Hensen’s zone.
In the centre of the Hensen’s zone is the ‘M’ line.
On either side of the ‘A’ band are light bands called isotropic or ‘I’ bands. These bands contain only actin.
Adjacent light bands are separated by the ‘Z’ line (Zwischenscheibe line).
The dark and light bands on neighbouring myofibrils correspond with each other to give the muscles a striated appearance.
Functions: Skeletal muscles bring about voluntary movements of the body
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 12

Question 42.
Observe the given diagram and answer the questions given below it.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 13
1. What does the given diagram represent?
2. Identify ‘X’ in the given diagram.
Answer:
1. The given diagram represents the myofibril of a muscular tissue.
2. ‘X’ is the sarcomere. It is a repeating unit of contraction within the myofibril.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 43.
Which is the functional unit of skeletal muscles?
Answer:
Sarcomere is the functional unit of skeletal muscles.

Question 44.
What are the different types of skeletal muscles?
Answer:
Skeletal muscles are divided into two types based on the amount of red pigment (myoglobin).
1. Red muscle: It contains very high amount of myoglobin.
2. White muscle: It contains very low amount of myoglobin.

Question 45.
What is myoglobin? What is its function?
Answer:
Myoglobin is an iron containing red coloured pigment found only in muscles. It consists of one haeme and one polypeptide chain. It can carry one molecule of oxygen.
Function: Due to presence of myoglobin, the muscles can obtain their oxygen from two sources, myoglobin and haemoglobin.

Question 46.
Describe the structure, location and function of smooth muscles.
Answer:
Smooth muscles are also known as non-striated, visceral or involuntary muscles.
Structure:

  1. These muscles are present in the form of sheets or layers.
  2. Each muscle cell is spindle shaped or fusiform.
  3. The fibres are unbranched and have a single nucleus that is located centrally.
  4. The sarcoplasm contains myofibrils which are made up of the contractile proteins – actin and myosin.
  5. Smooth muscles contain less myosin and more actin.
  6. Striations are absent, hence smooth muscles are also known as non-striated muscles,
  7. These muscles are innervated by the autonomous nervous system.

Location:
It is found in walls of visceral organs and blood vessels. Therefore, smooth muscles are also known as visceral muscles.
Function:
Smooth muscles are associated with involuntary movements of the body like peristaltic movement of food through the digestive system.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 47.
Distinguish between smooth muscles and skeletal muscles.
Answer:

Smooth Muscles Skeletal Muscles
1. These muscles are found in the walls of visceral organs and blood vessels. These muscles are found attached to the bone.
2. Each muscle cell is spindle shaped or fusiform and unbranched They are cylindrical in shape and branched.
3. They have a single, centrally located nucleus. They contain several nuclei that are shifted to the periphery due to presence of large number of myofibrils.
4. Striations are absent in smooth muscles. Striations are present in skeletal muscles.
5. They undergo slow and sustained involuntary contractions. They show quick and strong voluntary contractions.
6. They contain lesser myosin are more actin as compared to skeletal muscles. They contain more myosin and lesser actin as compared to smooth muscles.

Question 48.
Describe the structure, location and function of cardiac muscle fibres.
Answer:
Muscles of the cardiac tissue show characteristics of both striated and non-striated muscle fibres.
Structure:

  1. Sarcolemma is not distinct.
  2. Uninucleate muscle fibres appear to be multinucleate.
  3. Adjacent muscle fibres join together to give branched appearance.
  4. Transverse thickenings of the sarcolemma called intercalated discs form points of adhesion of muscle fibres.
  5. These junctions allow cardiac muscles to contract as a unit to aid quick transfer of stimulus.

Location:
They are found in the wall of the heart or myocardium.
Function:
Cardiac muscles bring about contraction and relaxation of heart, which helps in circulation of blood throughout the body.

Question 49.
Why is the mammalian heart known as a myogenic heart?
Answer:
The mammalian cardiac muscles are modified and are capable of generating an impulse on their own. Hence, the mammalian heart known as a myogenic heart.

Question 50.
What is a neurogenic heart?
Answer:
In some animals, the cardiac muscles need neural stimulus in order to initiate a contraction. Such a heart is known as a neurogenic heart.

Question 51.
Describe the characteristics of the nervous tissue.
Answer:
The characteristics of the nervous tissue are as follows:

  1. The nervous tissue is made up of nerve cells (neurons) and neuroglia.
  2. Intracellular matrix is absent in the neural tissue.
  3. The neurons are the structural and functional units of the nervous system.

a. They are impulse generating and impulse conducting units which bring about quick communication within the body.
b. Excitability is the change in action potential of the neuronal membrane on receiving external stimulus.
c. Conductivity helps the neurons to carry a wave of impulse from the dendron to the axon (processes of neuron).

Question 52.
What are neuroglial cells?
Answer:
Neuroglial cells are non-nervous supporting cells that fill in the inter-neuronal space and are capable of regeneration and division.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 53.
Describe the structure of a neuron.
Answer:
A neuron is the structural and functional unit of the nervous tissue. A neuron is made up of cyton or cell body and cytoplasmic extensions or processes.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 14
1. Cyton:
The cyton or cell body contains granular cytoplasm called neuroplasm and a centrally placed nucleus. The neuroplasm contains mitochondria, Golgi apparatus, RER and Nissl’s granules.
2. Cytoplasmic extensions or processes:
(a) Dendron: They are short, unbranched processes.
The fine branches of a dendron are called dendrites.
Dendrites carry an impulse towards the cyton.

(b) Axon: It is a single, elongated and cylindrical process.

  1. The axon is bound by the axolemma.
  2. The protoplasm or axoplasm contains large number of mitochondria and neurofibrils.
  3. The axon is enclosed in a fatty sheath called the myelin sheath and the outer covering of the myelin sheath is the neurilemma.
  4. Both the myelin sheath and the neurilemma are parts of the Schwann cell. The myelin sheath is absent at intervals along the axon at the Node of Ranvier.
  5. The fine branching structure at the end of the axon (terminal arborization) is called telodendron.

Question 54.
Is a neuron capable of regeneration? Why?
Answer:
No, a neuron is not capable of regeneration because it lacks a centriole.

Question 55.
How are neurons classified on the basis of their functions?
Answer:
Neurons are classified into three types based on their functions:
1. Afferent neuron (Sensory neuron):
Function: It carries impulses from sense organ to the central nervous system (CNS).
Location: It is found in the dorsal root of the spinal cord.
2. Efferent Neuron (Motor neuron):
Function: It carries impulses from CNS to effector organs.
Location: It is found in the ventral root of the spinal cord.
3. Interneuron or association neuron:
Function: They perfonn processing, integration of sensory impulses and activate appropriate motor neuron to generate motor impulse.
Location: These are located between sensory and motor neurons.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 56.
How are neurons classified depending on the presence or absence of myelin sheath?
Answer:
Depending on the presence or absence of myelin sheath neurons are classified into two types:
1. Myelinated nerve fibre/ medullated nerve fibres: These nerve fibres have an insulating fatty layer called myelin sheath around the axon. This makes the fibre appear white in colour.
2. Non-myelinated/ non-medullated nerve fibres: These nerve fibres lack myelin sheath. The fibres are grey in colour due to absence of myelin sheath.

Question 57.
Conduction of nerve impulse occurs at a faster rate in medullated nerve fibre.
Answer:

  1. Medullated nerve fibres have myelin sheath around the axon. This myelin sheath is secreted by Schwann cells.
  2. Myelin sheath prevents the loss of the impulse during conduction.
  3. Myelin sheath is not continuous. It is interrupted at regular intervals by nodes of Ranvier.
  4. The nerve impulse jumps from one node to the next and travels faster at these nodes. Such transmission of impulse is called salutatory conduction.
  5. Therefore, conduction of nerve impulse occurs at a faster rate in medullated nerve fibre.

Question 58.
Compare and contrast between the different types of neurons based on the number of processes given out from the cyton. Draw diagrams.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 15

Question 59.
Match the following:

‘A’ Group ‘B’ Group
1. Muscle (a) Perichondrium
2. Bone (b) Sarcolemma
3. Nerve cell (c) Periosteum
4. Cartilage (d) Neurilemma

Answer:

‘A’ Group B’ Group
1. Muscle (b) Sarcolemma
2. Bone (c) Periosteum
3. Nerve cell (d) Neurilemma
4. Cartilage (a) Perichondrium

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 60.
Explain the functions of the different types of epithelial cells.
Answer:

  1. Epithelial tissue – Protection, secretion, absorption, excretion and filtration.
  2. Connective tissue – Provides strength to body tissues and organs, protects vital organs, acts as packing material, helps in healing
  3. Muscular tissue – Movement of body parts and locomotion.
  4. Nervous tissue – Control and coordination by nerve impulse.

61. Correct the given figures given and write a note.

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 16
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 17
For description of ciliated epithelium: It is found in inner lining of buccal cavity of frog, nasal cavity, trachea, oviduct of vertebrates, etc.
Structure:
1. Cells of this tissue are cuboidal or columnar.
2. Free ends of cells are broad while narrow ends rest on a basement membrane.
3. The free ends of the cell show hair-like cilia.
4. The nucleus is oval and placed at basal end of the cell.
Function: To create a movement of materials that comes in contact with the epithelium, in a specific direction. This aids in functions like prevention of entry of foreign particles in the trachea, pushing of the ovum through the oviduct, etc.

Question 2.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 18
Answer:
Glandular Epithelium:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 19
For description of Glandular Epithelium: Structure:
1. The cells of the glandular epithelium can be columnar, cuboidal or pyramidal in shape.
2. The nucleus of these cells is large and situated towards the base.
3. Secretory granules are present in the cell cytoplasm.
4. Glands consist of glandular epithelium. The glands may be either unicellular (goblet cells of intestine) or multicellular (salivary gland), depending on the number of cells.
5. Types: Depending on the mode of secretion, multicellular glands can be further classified as duct bearing glands (exocrine glands) ad ductless glands (endocrine glands).
a. Exocrine glands: These glands pour their secretions at a specific site. e.g. salivary gland, sweat gland, etc.
b. Endocrine glands: These glands release their secretions directly into the blood stream, e.g. thyroid gland, pituitary gland, etc.
vi. Function: Glandular epithelium secretes mucus to trap the dust particles, lubricate the inner surface of respiratory and digestive tracts, secrete enzymes and hormones, etc.

Heterocrine glands
1. Heterocrine glands or composite glands have both exocrine and endocrine function.
2. Pancreas is called a heterocrine gland because it secretes the hormone insulin into

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 3.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 20
Answer:
For description and correct diagram of Areolar tissue: Areolar tissue is a loose connective tissue found under the skin, between muscles, bones, around organs, blood vessels and peritoneum. It is composed of fibres and cells.
The matrix of areolar tissues contains two types of fibres i.e. white fibres and yellow fibres.
a. White fibres: They are made up of collagen and give tensile strength to the tissue.
b. Yellow fibres: They are made up of elastin and are elastic in nature.
The four different types of cells present in this tissue are as follows:
a. Fibroblast: Large flat cells having branching processes. They produce fibres as well as polysaccharides that form the ground substance or matrix of the tissue.
b. Mast cells: Oval cells that secrete heparin and histamine.
c. Macrophages: Amoeboid, phagocytic cells.
d. Adipocytes (Fat cells): These cells store fat and have eccentric nucleus.

Question 4.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 21
Answer:
For description and correct diagram of Hyaline cartilage: The hyaline cartilage is elastic and compressible in nature.
a. Perichondrium is present in this cartilage.
b. Its matrix is bluish white and gel like.
c. Very fine collage fibres and chondrocytes are present in this cartilage.
Function: It acts as a good shock absorber as well as provides flexibility. It reduces friction. Location: It is found at the end of long bones, epiglottis, trachea, ribs, larynx and hyoid.

Question 5.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 22
Answer:
For description and correct diagram of Multipolar Neuron: A neuron is the structural and functional unit of the nervous tissue. A neuron is made up of cyton or cell body and cytoplasmic extensions or processes.
1. Cyton:
The cyton or cell body contains granular cytoplasm called neuroplasm and a centrally placed nucleus. The neuroplasm contains mitochondria, Golgi apparatus, RER and Nissl’s granules.
2. Cytoplasmic extensions or processes:
The fine branches of a dendron are called dendrites. Dendrites carry an impulse towards the cyton.
a. Dendron: They are short, unbranched processes.

b. Axon: It is a single, elongated and cylindrical process.

  1. The axon is bound by the axolemma.
  2. The protoplasm or axoplasm contains large number of mitochondria and neurofibrils.
  3. The axon is enclosed in a fatty sheath called the myelin sheath and the outer covering of the myelin sheath is the neurilemma. Both the myelin sheath and the neurilemma are parts of the Schwann cell. The myelin sheath is absent at intervals along the axon at the Node of Ranvier.
  4. The fine branching structure at the end of the axon (terminal arborization) is called telodendron.
  5. Nissl’s granules are large granular bodies, found in neurons. These granules are made up of rough endoplasmic reticulum (RER) and free ribosomes (site of protein synthesis).
  6. It was named after Franz Nissl, a German neuropathologist who invented the Nissl staining method.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 6.
Is a neuron capable of regeneration? Why?
Answer:
No, a neuron is not capable of regeneration because it lacks a centriole.

Question 7.
How are neurons classified on the basis of their functions?
Answer:
Neurons are classified into three types based on their functions:
1. Afferent neuron (Sensory neuron):
Function: It carries impulses from sense organ to the central nervous system (CNS).
Location: It is found in the dorsal root of the spinal cord.
2. Efferent Neuron (Motor neuron):
Function: It carries impulses from CNS to effector organs.
Location: It is found in the ventral root of the spinal cord.
3. Interneuron or association neuron:
Function: They perfonn processing, integration of sensory impulses and activate appropriate motor neuron to generate motor impulse.
Location: These are located between sensory and motor neurons.

Question 62.
Apply Your Knowledge:

Question 1.
Students were asked to observe various tissues under a microscope during their college practical. The teacher explained the various types of tissues. While observing the tissues students had some doubts. They approached the teacher regarding their doubts in practical.
1. How are the skeletal muscle fibres and smooth muscle fibres identified based on their structure?
2. Which type of muscles are found in the myocardium?
Answer:
1. Skeletal muscles are striated muscles as it shows cross-striations in the form of light and dark bands whereas smooth muscles are without striations, thus can be differentiated.
2. Cardiac muscle fibres are found in the myocardium.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 63.
Quick Review

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 23
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue 24

Question 64.
Exercise:

Question 1.
Define the following terms:
1. Germ cells
2. Somatic cells
Answer:
1. Germ cells:
The sperm and the ova are known as germ cells. They are related to reproductive system.
2. Somatic cells:
All body cells except the sperm and the ova are called as somatic cells.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 2.
What is an organ system? Give example.
Answer:
Number of organs combine together to form an organ-system, e.g. Respiratory system.

Question 3.
Enlist the different types of animal tissues.
Answer:
There are four types of animal tissues namely, epithelial, connective, muscular and nervous tissue.
1. Marie Francois Xavier Bichat (1771- 1802), French anatomist and pathologist discovered tissue. He was known as ‘Father of Histology’.
2. M. Bichat worked without a microscope, yet he distinguished 21 types of elementary tissues from which the organs of the human body are composed.

Question 4.
Define histology.
Answer:
The study of structure and arrangement of tissue is called histology.

Question 5.
Give one example each of exocrine and endocrine gland.
Answer:
Types: Depending on the mode of secretion, multicellular glands can be further classified as duct bearing glands (exocrine glands) ad ductless glands (endocrine glands).
a. Exocrine glands: These glands pour their secretions at a specific site. e.g. salivary gland, sweat gland, etc.
b. Endocrine glands: These glands release their secretions directly into the blood stream, e.g. thyroid gland, pituitary gland, etc.

Question 6.
Define.
1. Exocrine glands
2. Endocrine glands
Answer:
1. Exocrine glands: These glands pour their secretions at a specific site. e.g. salivary gland, sweat gland, etc.
2. Endocrine glands: These glands release their secretions directly into the blood stream, e.g. thyroid gland, pituitary gland, etc.

Question 7.
Describe with neat and labelled diagram squamous epithelium.
Answer:
Squamous epithelium or pavement epithelium:
Location: It is present in blood vessels, alveoli, coelom, etc.
Structure:

  1. The squamous epithelium is composed of single layer of cells.
  2. The cells are polygonal in shape, thin and flat, with serrated margin.
  3. They have centrally placed spherical or oval nucleus.
  4. They appear like flat tiles when viewed from above, thus, are also called as pavement epithelium. Functions: Protection, absorption, transport, filtration and secretion.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 8.
Name the type of muscle fibres forming the inner lining of the intestine and gastric glands.
Answer:
Columnar Epithelium:
Location: It is found in inner lining of intestine, gall bladder, gastric glands, intestinal glands, etc.
Structure:
1. The cells are tall, pillar-like. The inner ends of the cells are narrow while free ends are broad and flat.
2. Nucleus is oval or elliptical in the lower half of the cell.
3. Free surface shows large number of microvilli.
Function: Secretion and absorption.

Question 9.
Write the functions of different types of cell junctions.
Answer:
1. Cell junctions: The epithelial cells are connected to each other laterally as well as to the basement
membrane by junctional complexes called cell junctions.
2. The different types of cell junctions are as follows:
a. Gap Junctions (GJs): These are intercellular connections that allow the passage of ions and small molecules between cells as well as exchange of chemical messages between cells.
b. Adherens Junctions (AJs): They are involved in various signalling pathways and transcriptional regulations.
c. Desmosomes (Ds): They provide mechanical strength to epithelial tissue, cardiac muscles and meninges.
d. Hemidesmosomes (HDs): They allow the cells to strongly adhere to the underlying basement membrane. These junctions help maintain tissue homeostasis by signalling.
e. Tight junctions (TJs): These junctions maintain cell polarity, prevent lateral diffusion of proteins and ions.

Question 10.
Where is ciliated epithelium located?
Answer:
Location: It is found in inner lining of buccal cavity of frog, nasal cavity, trachea, oviduct of vertebrates, etc.
Structure:
1. Cells of this tissue are cuboidal or columnar.
2. Free ends of cells are broad while narrow ends rest on a basement membrane.
3. The free ends of the cell show hair-like cilia.
4. The nucleus is oval and placed at basal end of the cell.
Function: To create a movement of materials that comes in contact with the epithelium, in a specific direction. This aids in functions like prevention of entry of foreign particles in the trachea, pushing of the ovum through the oviduct, etc.

Question 11.
Why squamous epithelium is also called pavement epithelium?
Answer:
They appear like flat tiles when viewed from above, thus, are also called as pavement epithelium. Functions: Protection, absorption, transport, filtration and secretion.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 12.
Dhruvi met with an accident and has temporarily lost her ability to perceive external auditory stimuli. Which tissue must be affected?
Answer:
Sensory epithelium is composed of a modified form of columnar cells and elongated neurosensory cells. Sensory hairs are present at the free end of these cells.
Function: It perceives external as well as internal stimuli.
Location: It is found in the nose (Olfactory), ear (Auditory hair cells) and eye (photoreceptors).

Question 13.
Write names of any four types of simple epithelium.
Answer:
Simple epithelium: Epithelial tissue made up of single layer of cells is known as simple epithelium. Simple epithelium is further classified into:
a. Squamous Epithelium
b. Cuboidal Epithelium
c. Columnar Epithelium
d. Ciliated Epithelium

Question 14.
Write a short note on types of glandular epithelium.
Answer:
Types: Depending on the mode of secretion, multicellular glands can be further classified as duct bearing glands (exocrine glands) ad ductless glands (endocrine glands).
a. Exocrine glands: These glands pour their secretions at a specific site. e.g. salivary gland, sweat gland, etc.
b. Endocrine glands: These glands release their secretions directly into the blood stream, e.g. thyroid gland, pituitary gland, etc.

Question 15.
Describe the structure, function and location of columnar epithelium.
Answer:
Columnar Epithelium:
Location: It is found in inner lining of intestine, gall bladder, gastric glands, intestinal glands, etc.
Structure:
1. The cells are tall, pillar-like. The inner ends of the cells are narrow while free ends are broad and flat.
2. Nucleus is oval or elliptical in the lower half of the cell.
3. Free surface shows large number of microvilli.
Function: Secretion and absorption.

Question 16.
Give the location and function of:
1. Cuboidal epithelium
2. Glandular epithelium
Answer:
1. Cuboidal Epithelium:
Location: It is present in the lining of pancreatic ducts, salivary duct, proximal and distal convoluted tubules of nephron, etc.
Structure:
1. The cells are cuboidal in shape.
2. They have a centrally placed, spherical nucleus.
Functions: Absorption and secretion.

2. Structure:
1. The cells of the glandular epithelium can be columnar, cuboidal or pyramidal in shape.
2. The nucleus of these cells is large and situated towards the base.
3. Secretory granules are present in the cell cytoplasm.
4. Glands consist of glandular epithelium. The glands may be either unicellular (goblet cells of intestine) or multicellular (salivary gland), depending on the number of cells.
5. Types: Depending on the mode of secretion, multicellular glands can be further classified as duct bearing glands (exocrine glands) ad ductless glands (endocrine glands).
a. Exocrine glands: These glands pour their secretions at a specific site. e.g. salivary gland, sweat gland, etc.
b. Endocrine glands: These glands release their secretions directly into the blood stream, e.g. thyroid gland, pituitary gland, etc.
6. Function: Glandular epithelium secretes mucus to trap the dust particles, lubricate the inner surface of respiratory and digestive tracts, secrete enzymes and hormones, etc.
Heterocrine glands:
1. Heterocrine glands or composite glands have both exocrine and endocrine function.
2. Pancreas is called a heterocrine gland because it secretes the hormone insulin into blood which is an endocrine function and enzymes into digestive tract which is an exocrine function.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 17.
With the help of suitable diagram explain compound epithelium.
Answer:
1. Compound epithelium consists of many layers of cells.
2. Only the lowermost layer of this tissue is based on the basement membrane.
3. Types of compound epithelium include:
a. Stratified epithelium: Nucleus is present in stratum germinativum (basal layer).
Cells at free surface become flat and lack nucleus called stratum comeum.
Function: Protection e.g. Epidermis of skin, oesophagus, cornea, vagina, rectum.
b. Transitional epithelium:
Structure of transitional epithelium is same like stratified epithelium.
The cells can undergo a change in their shape and structure depending on degree of stretch. Function: Distension of organ e.g. Urinary bladder

Question 18.
Ciliated epithelium is found in the upper respiratory tract.
Answer:
Function: To create a movement of materials that comes in contact with the epithelium, in a specific direction. This aids in functions like prevention of entry of foreign particles in the trachea, pushing of the ovum through the oviduct, etc.

Question 19.
Give any four characteristics of connective tissue.
Answer:
Characteristics:
1. It consists of a variety of cells and fibres which are embedded in the abundant intercellular substance called matrix.
2. It is a highly vascular tissue, except cartilage.
3. The connective tissue is classified on the basis of matrix present, into three types, namely connective tissue proper, supporting connective tissue and fluid connective tissue.
a. Connective tissue proper is further classified as loose connective tissue (e.g. areolar connective tissue and adipose tissue) and dense connective tissue (e.g. ligament and tendon).
b. Supporting connective tissue also called skeletal tissue includes cartilage and bone.
c. Fluid connective tissue includes blood and lymph.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 20.
What is tendon?
Answer:
Tendons are a type of dense regular connective tissue.

Question 21.
What is a ligament?
Answer:
Ligaments are a type of dense regular connective tissue that are made up of elastic or yellow fibres arranged in regular pattern. These fibres make the ligaments elastic.
Location: Ligaments are present at joints.
Function: Ligaments prevent dislocation of bones.

Question 22.
Write a note on hyaline cartilage.
Answer:
Hyaline cartilage: The hyaline cartilage is elastic and compressible in nature.
a. Perichondrium is present in this cartilage.
b. Its matrix is bluish white and gel like.
c. Very fine collage fibres and chondrocytes are present in this cartilage.
Function: It acts as a good shock absorber as well as provides flexibility. It reduces friction.
Location: It is found at the end of long bones, epiglottis, trachea, ribs, larynx and hyoid.

Question 23.
Give two examples of tendons.
Answer:
1. Achilles tendons (Calcaneal tendons) connect the calf muscles to the heel bone.
2. When the calf muscles flex, the Achilles tendon pulls on the heel. This movement allows us to stand on
our toes.
3. Generally, a pain at the back of ankle or lower calf may signal a problem with an Achilles Tendon.
Athletes who participate in track and field may face Achilles tendon injury, i iv. The Achilles tendon is the largest and strongest tendon in the body.

Question 24.
Write a short note on mammalian bone.
Answer:
Explain histological structure of mammalian bone.
a. The bone is characterised by hard matrix called ossein which is made up of mineral salt hydroxy apatite (Ca10 (P04)6 (OH)2).
b. An outer tough membrane called periosteum encloses the matrix.
c. Blood vessels and nerves pierce through the periosteum.
d. The matrix is arranged in the form of concentric layers called lamellae.
e. Each lamella contains fluid filled cavities called lacunae from which fine canals called canaliculi radiate.
f. The canaliculi of adjacent lamellae connect with each other as they traverse through the matrix.
g. Active bone cells called osteoblasts and inactive bone cells called osteocytes are present in the
lacunae.
h. The mammalian bone shows the peculiar haversian system.
i. The haversian canal encloses an artery, vein and

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 25.
Describe briefly about various types of cartilages, with the help of suitable diagram.
Answer:
Cartilage is a type of supporting connective tissue.
Depending upon the nature of the matrix, cartilage is of four types.
1. Hyaline cartilage: The hyaline cartilage is elastic and compressible in nature.
a. Perichondrium is present in this cartilage.
b. Its matrix is bluish white and gel like.
c. Very fine collage fibres and chondrocytes are present in this cartilage.
Function: It acts as a good shock absorber as well as provides flexibility. It reduces friction. Location: It is found at the end of long bones, epiglottis, trachea, ribs, larynx and hyoid.

2. Elastic cartilage:
a. The perichondrium is present in elastic cartilage.
b. The matrix contains elastic fibres and chondrocytes are few in numbers.
Function: It gives support and maintains shape of the body part.
Location: It is found in the ear lobe, tip of the nose, etc.

3. Fibrocartilage:
a. The fibrocartilage is the most rigid cartilage.
b. Perichondrium is absent in the fibrocartilage.
c. The matrix contains bundles of collagen fibres and few chondrocytes that are scattered in the fibres.
Function: It maintains position of vertebrae.
Location: Intervertebral discs are made up of fibrocartilage. It is also found at the pubic symphysis.

Question 26.
Sharada saw that her grandmother is suffering from joint pain and reduced joint flexibility. What tissue is associated with this problem and why does it occur?
Answer:
Calcified cartilage:
This type of cartilage becomes rigid due to deposition of salts in the matrix, reducing the flexibility of joints in old age.
e.g. Head of long bones.

Question 27.
Differentiate between the following:
1. Bone and Cartilage
2. Epithelial tissue and Connective tissue
3. Hyaline cartilage and Fibrocartilage
Answer:
1. Hyaline cartilage: The hyaline cartilage is elastic and compressible in nature.
a. Perichondrium is present in this cartilage.
b. Its matrix is bluish white and gel like.
c. Very fine collage fibres and chondrocytes are present in this cartilage.
Function: It acts as a good shock absorber as well as provides flexibility. It reduces friction.
Location: It is found at the end of long bones, epiglottis, trachea, ribs, larynx and hyoid.
2. Fibrocartilage:
a. The fibrocartilage is the most rigid cartilage.
b. Perichondrium is absent in the fibrocartilage.
c. The matrix contains bundles of collagen fibres and few chondrocytes that are scattered in the fibres.
Function: It maintains position of vertebrae.
Location: Intervertebral discs are made up of fibrocartilage. It is also found at the pubic symphysis.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 28.
Write a note on the structure and location of cartilage.
Answer:
Cartilage is a type of supporting connective tissue. It is a pliable yet tough tissue.
Structure:
1. Abundant matrix is delimited by a sheath of collagenous fibres called perichondrium.
2. The matrix is called chondrin.
3. Below the perichondrium, immature cartilage forming cells called chondroblasts are present.
4. Chondroblasts mature and get converted into chondrocytes.Chondrocytes are scattered in the matrix and are enclosed in the lacunae Each lacuna contains 2 to 8 chondrocytes.
5. It forms the endoskeleton of cartilaginous fishes like shark.
6. It is widely distributed in vertebrate animals

Question 29.
Mention the types of:
1. Fluid connective tissue
2. Supporting connective tissue
Answer:
1. Blood and lymph are fluid connective tissues present in the body of animals.
2. It is classified into two types i.e., cartilage and bone.

Question 30.
Name the protein found in bone matrix.
Answer:
Ossein is present in the bone matrix.

Question 31.
With a neat and labelled diagram explain the structure of adipose tissue.
Answer:
Structure:

  1. It contains large number of adipocytes.
  2. The cells are rounded or polygonal.
  3. Due to presence of fats stored in the form of droplets in adipocytes, the nucleus is shifted towards the periphery.
  4. Matrix is less and fibres and blood vessels are few in number.
  5. The adipose tissue is of two types:

Question 32.
Sketch and label multipolar neuron.
Answer:
A neuron is the structural and functional unit of the nervous tissue. A neuron is made up of cyton or cell body and cytoplasmic extensions or processes.
Cyton:
The cyton or cell body contains granular cytoplasm called neuroplasm and a centrally placed nucleus. The neuroplasm contains mitochondria, Golgi apparatus, RER and Nissl’s granules.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 33.
Enlist the characteristics of muscular tissue.
Answer:

  1. The cells of the muscular tissue are elongated and are called as muscle fibres.
  2. The muscle fibres are covered by a membrane called sarcolemma.
  3. The cytoplasm of the muscle cell is called the sarcoplasm.
  4. Large number of contractile fibrils called myofibrils are present in the sarcoplasm.
  5. Depending on the type of muscle cells, one or many nuclei may be present.
  6. Myofibrils are made up of the proteins, actin and myosin.
  7. Muscle fibres contract and decrease in length on stimulation. Hence, muscular tissue is also known as contractile tissue.
  8. This tissue is vascular and innervated by nerves.
  9. Muscle cells contain large number of mitochondria.

Question 34.
Describe in detail, the structure of skeletal muscle fibre.
Answer:
Structure:

  1. They consist of large number of fasciculi which are wrapped by a connective tissue sheath called epimysium or fascia. Each individual fasciculus covered by perimysium.
  2. Each fasciculus in turn consists of many muscle fibres called myofibers.
  3. Each muscle fibre is a syncytial fibre that contains several nuclei.
  4. The sarcoplasm (cytoplasm) is surrounded by the sarcolemma (cell membrane).
  5. The sarcoplasm contains large number of parallelly arranged myofibrils and hence the nuclei gets shifted to the periphery.
  6. Each myofibril is made up of repeated functional units called sarcomeres.
  7. Each sarcomere has a dark band called anisotropic of ‘A’ band in the centre. ‘A’ bands are made up of the contractile proteins actin and myosin.
  8. In the centre of the ‘A’ band is the light area called ‘H’ zone or Hensen’s zone.
  9. In the centre of the Hensen’s zone is the ‘M’ line.
  10. On either side of the ‘A’ band are light bands called isotropic or ‘I’ bands. These bands contain only actin.
    Adjacent light bands are separated by the ‘Z’ line (Zwischenscheibe line).
  11. The dark and light bands on neighbouring myofibrils correspond with each other to give the muscles a striated appearance.

Functions: Skeletal muscles bring about voluntary movements of the body

Question 35.
Describe in detail the location, structure and functions of smooth muscles.
Answer:
Smooth muscles are also known as non-striated, visceral or involuntary muscles.
Structure:

  1. These muscles are present in the form of sheets or layers.
  2. Each muscle cell is spindle shaped or fusiform.
  3. The fibres are unbranched and have a single nucleus that is located centrally.
  4. The sarcoplasm contains myofibrils which are made up of the contractile proteins – actin and myosin.
  5. Smooth muscles contain less myosin and more actin.
  6. Striations are absent, hence smooth muscles are also known as non-striated muscles, vii These muscles are innervated by the autonomous nervous system.

Location:
It is found in walls of visceral organs and blood vessels. Therefore, smooth muscles are also known as visceral muscles.
Function:
Smooth muscles are associated with involuntary movements of the body like peristaltic movement of food through the digestive system.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 36.
What is the importance of myoglobin?
Answer:
Myoglobin is an iron containing red coloured pigment found only in muscles. It consists of one haeme and one polypeptide chain. It can carry one molecule of oxygen.
Function: Due to presence of myoglobin, the muscles can obtain their oxygen from two sources, myoglobin and haemoglobin.

Question 37.
Give the characteristics of nervous tissue.
Answer:
The characteristics of the nervous tissue are as follows:
1. The nervous tissue is made up of nerve cells (neurons) and neuroglia.
2. Intracellular matrix is absent in the neural tissue.
3. The neurons are the structural and functional units of the nervous system.
a. They are impulse generating and impulse conducting units which bring about quick communication within the body.
b. Excitability is the change in action potential of the neuronal membrane on receiving external stimulus.
c. Conductivity helps the neurons to carry a wave of impulse from the dendron to the axon (processes of neuron).

Question 38.
Describe location, structure and functions of cardiac muscles.
Answer:
Muscles of the cardiac tissue show characteristics of both striated and non-striated muscle fibres.
Structure:
1. Sarcolemma is not distinct.
2. Uninucleate muscle fibres appear to be multinucleate.
3. Adjacent muscle fibres join together to give branched appearance.
4. Transverse thickenings of the sarcolemma called intercalated discs form points of adhesion of muscle fibres. These junctions allow cardiac muscles to contract as a unit to aid quick transfer of stimulus.
Location:
They are found in the wall of the heart or myocardium.
Function:
Cardiac muscles bring about contraction and relaxation of heart, which helps in circulation of blood throughout the body.

Question 39.
Explain in detail the structure of neuron.
Answer:
A neuron is the structural and functional unit of the nervous tissue. A neuron is made up of cyton or cell body and cytoplasmic extensions or processes.
1. Cyton:
The cyton or cell body contains granular cytoplasm called neuroplasm and a centrally placed nucleus. The neuroplasm contains mitochondria, Golgi apparatus, RER and Nissl’s granules.
2. Cytoplasmic extensions or processes:
The fine branches of a dendron are called dendrites. Dendrites carry an impulse towards the cyton.
a. Dendron: They are short, unbranched processes.
b. Axon: It is a single, elongated and cylindrical process.
The axon is bound by the axolemma.
The protoplasm or axoplasm contains large number of mitochondria and neurofibrils.
The axon is enclosed in a fatty sheath called the myelin sheath and the outer covering of the myelin sheath is the neurilemma. Both the myelin sheath and the neurilemma are parts of the Schwann cell. The myelin sheath is absent at intervals along the axon at the Node of Ranvier.
The fine branching structure at the end of the axon (terminal arborization) is called telodendron.
1. Nissl’s Granules
2. Nissl’s granules are large granular bodies, found in neurons. These granules are made up of rough endoplasmic reticulum (RER) and free ribosomes (site of protein synthesis).
3. It was named after Franz Nissl, a German neuropathologist who invented the Nissl staining method.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 40.
What is a sarcomere?
Answer:
Sarcomere is the functional unit of skeletal muscles.

Question 41.
What is the difference between myogenic and neurogenic heart?
Answer:
The mammalian cardiac muscles are modified and are capable of generating an impulse on their own. Hence, the mammalian heart known as a myogenic heart.
In some animals, the cardiac muscles need neural stimulus in order to initiate a contraction. Such a heart is known as a neurogenic heart.

Question 42.
Differentiate between neurons on the basis of their functions.
Answer:
Based on the presence of matrix there are two types of bones present in the human body:
1. Spongy bones:
Haversian system is absent in these bones.
Rectangular matrix is arranged in the form of trabeculae.
It contains red bone marrow.
2. Compact bones:
Matrix of these bones shows haversian system without any space between the lamellae.

Question 65.
Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Collagen fibres in the connective tissue are
(A) white
(B) yellow
(C) red
(D) colourless
Answer:
(A) white

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 2.
The yellow fibres are chemically composed of
(A) myosin
(B) elastin
(C) collagen
(D) actin
Answer:
(B) elastin

Question 3.
The tissue that stores fats in mammals is
(A) adipose tissue
(B) areolar tissue
(C) nervous tissue
(D) muscular tissue
Answer:
(A) adipose tissue

Question 4.
Ligaments join
(A) muscles to bones
(B) nerves to muscles
(C) skin to muscles
(D) bones to bones
Answer:
(D) bones to bones

Question 5.
The sheath of collagenous fibres, covering the cartilage is known as
(A) perichondrium
(B) periosteum
(C) endosteum
(D) peritoneum
Answer:
(A) perichondrium

Question 6.
A cartilage is formed by
(A) osteoblast
(B) fibroblast
(C) chondrocytes
(D) osteocytes
Answer:
(C) chondrocytes

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 7.
The most rigid cartilage is the
(A) fibrous cartilage
(B) elastic cartilage
(C) hyaline cartilage
(D) simple cartilage
Answer:
(A) fibrous cartilage

Question 8.
Active bone cells are called
(A) osteoblast
(B) osteocytes
(C) osteoclasts
(D) osteoporosis
Answer:
(A) osteoblast

Question 9.
Canaliculi is the
(A) space between lamellae
(B) outer tough membrane of the bone
(C) fibres joining adjacent neurons
(D) fine canals that radiate from each lacuna
Answer:
(D) fine canals that radiate from each lacuna

Question 10.
Which of the following is the contractile protein of a muscle?
(A) Tubulin
(B) Myosin
(C) Tropomyosin
(D) Trypsin
Answer:
(B) Myosin

Question 11.
Cytoplasm of muscle cell is called
(A) sarcolemma
(B) neuroplasm
(C) axoplasm
(D) sarcoplasm
Answer:
(D) sarcoplasm

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 12.
The structural and functional unit of muscle fibres is
(A) sarcomere
(B) sarcolemma
(C) sarcoplasm
(D) myofibril
Answer:
(A) sarcomere

Question 13.
Dark bands present in the sarcomere are called
(A) ‘A’ band
(B) ‘Z’ lines
(C) ‘H’ line
(D) ‘I’ band
Answer:
(A) ‘A’ band

Question 14.
Nissl’s granules are found in
(A) cartilage cells
(B) nerve cells
(C) muscle cells
(D) osteoblasts
Answer:
(B) nerve cells

Question 15.
Schwann cells and nodes of Ranvier are found in
(A) neurons
(B) chondroblasts
(C) osteoblasts
(D) epimysium
Answer:
(A) neurons

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 66.
Competitive Corner:

Question 1.
Match the column I with column II.

Column I Column II
1. Cuboidal epithelium a. Fallopian tube
2. Squamous epithelium b. Kidney
3. Ciliated epithelium c. Intestine
4. Columnar epithelium d. Endothelium

(A) i-b, ii-d, iii-c, iv-a
(B) i-d, ii-b, iii-a, iv-c
(C) i-b, ii-d, iii-a, iv-c
(D) i-d, ii-b, iii-c, iv-a
Answer:
(C) i-b, ii-d, iii-a, iv-c

Question 2.
Which one of the following is unique feature of cardiac muscle?
(A) Presence of nucleus
(B) Presence of intercalated disc
(C) Presence of sarcoplasm
(D) Presence of sarcolemma
Answer:
(B) Presence of intercalated disc

Question 3.
Mast cells secrete the following substance
(A) enterokinase
(B) histamine
(C) pepsinogen
(D) mucous
Answer:
(B) histamine

Question 4.
Nissl’s bodies are mainly composed of
(A) nucleic acids and SER
(B) DNA and RNA
(C) proteins and lipids
(D) free ribosomes and RER
Answer:
(D) free ribosomes and RER

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Animal Tissue

Question 5.
Which of the following is a unicellular gland?
(A) Goblet cell
(B) Kupffer’s cell
(C) Pedicel
(D) Neuroglial cell
Answer:
(A) Goblet cell

Question 6.
Which of the following is an avascular tissue?
(A) Connective
(B) Epithelial
(C) Muscular
(D) Nervous
Answer:
(B) Epithelial

Question 7.
In the given diagram of mammalian bone, X indicates
(A) Bone marrow
(B) Haversian canal
(C) Inner circumferential lamella
(D) Volkmann’s canal
Answer:
(B) Haversian canal

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Commerce Book Keeping & Accountancy Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Commerce BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

1. Answer in One Sentence.

Question 1.
What do you mean by pre-received income?
Answer:
Income that is received before it is due for receipt is called pre-received income.

Question 2.
What do you mean by bad debts?
Answer:
The debts which are not recoverable in spite of repeated efforts to collect the same are called bad debts.

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 3.
What is Capital?
Answer:
Amount invested by the proprietor from time to time in business is known as capital.

Question 4.
What are the adjustments?
Answer:
Adjustments are additional information given below the trial balance and are to be considered for arriving at the correct profit or loss.

Question 5.
State the meaning of Current assets.
Answer:
Assets that are purchased with the intention of converting them into cash during the operating year are called current assets.
E.g. stock of goods.

2. Give a word, term, or phrase which can substitute each of the following statements:

Question 1.
Debit balance of Trading Account.
Answer:
Gross Loss

Question 2.
The credit balance of the Trading Account.
Answer:
Gross Profit

Question 3.
Debit balance of Profit and Loss Account.
Answer:
Net Loss

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 4.
The credit balance of Profit and Loss Account.
Answer:
Net Profit

Question 5.
A debt that cannot be recovered.
Answer:
Bad debts

Question 6.
Reduction in the value of fixed assets due to its continuous use.
Answer:
Depreciation

Question 7.
Carriage paid on the purchase of goods.
Answer:
Carriage Inwards

Question 8.
Statement of balances of various ledger accounts.
Answer:
Trial Balance

Question 9.
An amount withdraws by a proprietor from a business in cash or kind.
Answer:
Drawings

Question 10.
Account prepared to find out gross profit or gross loss.
Answer:
Trading A/c

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 11.
Income received before it is due.
Answer:
Pre-received Income

Question 12.
Unpaid expenses of a business.
Answer:
Outstanding Expenses

Question 13.
Account prepared on the basis of direct expenses and direct income of the business.
Answer:
Trading A/c

Question 14.
Account prepared on the basis of indirect expenses and indirect incomes of the business.
Answer:
Profit and Loss A/c

Question 15.
Group of accounts which gives the result of business activities.
Answer:
Final Accounts

3. Select the most appropriate alternatives given below and rewrite the sentence:

Question 1.
A list of balances of all the accounts in ledger is called _______________
(a) Balance Sheet
(b) Profit and Loss A/c
(c) Trading A/c
(d) Trial Balance
Answer:
(d) Trial Balance

Question 2.
Opening stock is entered in a Trading Account on the _______________ side.
(a) credit
(b) debit
(c) asset
(d) liabilities
Answer:
(b) debit

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 3.
Drawing account is closed by transferring the balance to the _______________ account.
(a) Drawing
(b) Liabilities
(c) Assets
(d) Capital
Answer:
(d) Capital

Question 4.
Outstanding expenses is a _______________ account.
(a) Real
(b) Personal
(c) Nominal
(d) None of them
Answer:
(b) Personal

Question 5.
Depreciation is always charged on _______________ assets.
(a) Current
(b) Fixed
(c) Fictitious
(d) Intangible
Answer:
(b) Fixed

Question 6.
Pre-received income is shown on _______________ side of Balance sheet.
(a) Assets
(b) Liabilities
(c) Credit
(d) Debit
Answer:
(b) Liabilities

Question 7.
Royalty on production is a _______________ expenses.
(a) direct
(b) indirect
(c) capital
(d) none of them
Answer:
(a) direct

Question 8.
Interest on investment is _______________ of business concern.
(a) a profit
(b) a loss
(c) an expense
(d) an income
Answer:
(d) an income

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 9.
All items of indirect income are shown on the credit side of the _______________ Account.
(a) Balance Sheet
(b) Profit and Loss
(c) Manufacturing
(d) None of them
Answer:
(b) Profit and Loss

Question 10.
Reserve for discount on debtor has a _______________ balance.
(a) credit
(b) debit
(c) nil
(d) positive
Answer:
(a) credit

4. State True or False with reasons:

Question 1.
Closing Stock is valued at cost or market price whichever is more.
Answer:
This statement is False.
Closing stock is valued at cost or market price whichever is less. It is based on the theory of anticipated profit is not brought with the account before actual realization or the Principle of conservatism.

Question 2.
Income received in advance is a liability.
Answer:
This statement is True.
Income received in advance is the liability to the business because it has not yet earned the money and the business has an obligation to deliver the goods or services to the customer.

Question 3.
Prepaid expenses are a liability.
Answer:
This statement is False.
Prepaid means paid in advance for the future period. It is the amount paid but has not yet been used up or has not yet expired. So prepaid expenses are an asset.

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 4.
A balance Sheet is a real account.
Answer:
This statement is False.
The balance sheet is a statement prepare at the end of the financial or accounting year. It is not an Account. It gives an idea of Total Assets and liabilities on a particular day.

Question 5.
Depreciation need not be provided if the asset is not in use.
Answer:
This statement is False.
The working life of fixed assets decreases with passes of time. The value of these assets decreases every year as new technology introduced in the market old becomes outdated so it is necessary to depreciate an asset even it is not in use.

5. Fill in the blanks:

Question 1.
A Copy Right is _______________ Asset.
Answer:
An intangible

Question 2.
Wages paid for installation of Machinery should be debited to _______________ A/c.
Answer:
Machinery

Question 3.
A provision made for debts irrecoverable from debtors is called _______________
Answer:
Reserve for doubtful debts

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 4.
In the absence of information interest on Drawings is charged for _______________ months.
Answer:
six

Question 5.
Return outward are deducted from _______________
Answer:
purchases

Question 6.
Net profit is transferred to _______________
Answer:
Balance Sheet Capital A/c

Question 7.
If cash/goods withdrawn by proprietor for domestic use, it is called _______________
Answer:
Drawings

Question 8.
Payment made in advance are shown on _______________ side of Balance Sheet.
Answer:
Asset

Question 9.
Royalty on production is debited to _______________ A/c of final A/c.
Answer:
Trading

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 10.
General Expenses are recolored to the debit side of _______________ A/c when Office expenses, Sundry expenses, or General expenses are given in the trial balance.
Answer:
Trading

6. Find the odd one:

Question 1.
Salary, Sundry expenses, General Expenses.
Answer:
General Expenses

Question 2.
Creditors, Bank Loan, Investment.
Answer:
Investment

Question 3.
Royalty on purchases, Octroi, Discount Allowed.
Answer:
Discount Allowed

Question 4.
Rent, Factory Lighting, Freight.
Answer:
Rent

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 5.
Outstanding Salary, Accrued Interest, Outstanding Rent.
Answer:
Accrued Interest

7. Do you agree or disagree with the following statement:

Question 1.
Software expenses paid for the installation of the computer should be debited to Software A/c.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 2.
In absence of information interest on the drawing is charged for twelve months.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 3.
Only carriage means carriage on sales.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 4.
Final accounts are prepared at the end of the month.
Answer:
Disagree

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 5.
Return Inwards means purchase return.
Answer:
Disagree

8. Correct and Rewrite the following statements:

Question 1.
Bank overdraft is an Asset of the business concern.
Answer:
Bank overdraft is a liability of business concern.

Question 2.
Discount allowed is an income for business
Answer:
Discount allowed is an expense for the business.

Question 3.
To Goods withdrawn by proprietor A/c
Capital A/c……………Dr
(Being goods withdrawn by the proprietor for personal use)
Answer:
To Goods withdrawn by proprietor A/c
To Capital A/c………….Dr
(Being goods withdrawn by the proprietor for use)

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 9 Final Accounts of a Proprietary Concern

Question 4.
Sundry Debtors A/c……………Dr
To Bad debts A/c
(Being Bad debts written off)
Answer:
Bad Debts A/c……………Dr
To Sundry Debtors A/c
(Being Bad debts written off)

Question 5.
Opening stock A/c…………….Dr
Direct expenses A/c…………….Dr
Purchase A/c………………Dr
To Trading A/c
(Being Opening Stock, Direct expenses, and purchase transferred to Trading A/c)
Answer:
Trading A/c……….Dr
To Opening stock A/c
To Direct expenses A/c
To Purchase A/c
(Being opening stock, Direct expenses and purchase transferred to Trading A/c)

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Commerce Book Keeping & Accountancy Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Commerce BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

1. Answer in One sentence only.

Question 1.
In which method statement of affairs is prepared?
Answer:
Under the Net worth method of a single entry, a statement of affairs is prepared.

Question 2.
How is closing capital calculated under a single entry system?
Answer:
Under single entry system closing capital is calculated by deducting the total closing value of liabilities from the total closing value of assets.

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 3.
Which statement is prepared under the single entry system to ascertain profit?
Answer:
A statement of profit or loss is prepared to ascertain profit under a single entry system.

Question 4.
What is a Statement of Profit or Loss?
Answer:
A statement that is prepared under a single entry system to calculate profit or loss is called a statement of profit or loss.

2. Write a word, term, or phrase which can substitute each of the following statements.

Question 1.
A system of book-keeping in which both the aspects of transactions are recorded.
Answer:
Double Entry System

Question 2.
Name the method of accounting in which only cash and personal transactions are recorded.
Answer:
Single Entry System

Question 3.
A statement is similar to the Balance sheet was prepared to ascertain the amounts of closing capital.
Answer:
Closing Statement of Affairs

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 4.
The system of accounting is most scientific and reliable.
Answer:
Double Entry System

Question 5.
Name the statement prepared to find out profit or loss under a single entry system.
Answer:
Statement of Profit or Loss

Question 6.
Excess of opening capital over closing capital of proprietor under single entry system.
Answer:
Loss

Question 7.
Method of accounting in which real accounts and nominal accounts are not maintained.
Answer:
Single Entry System

Question 8.
A statement that shows profit or loss of business under a single entry system.
Answer:
Statement of Profit or Loss

Question 9.
An accounting system where rules of debit and credit are not followed.
Answer:
Single Entry System

Question 10.
The incomplete method of the accounting system.
Answer:
Single Entry System

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 11.
A system of book-keeping which records only one aspect of business transactions and ignores other aspects.
Answer:
Single Entry System

Question 12.
A statement that shows the balances of various assets and liabilities at their approximate or estimated values as on a particular date.
Answer:
Statement of Affairs

3. Select the most appropriate answer from the alternatives given below and rewrite the sentence.

Question 1.
The difference between the capital at the end of the year and capital at the beginning of the year is called _____________
(a) Profit
(b) Income
(c) Drawings
(d) Expenses
Answer:
(a) Profit

Question 2.
A statement of _____________ is to be prepared in under to find out profit or loss under a single entry system.
(a) Income
(b) Affairs
(c) Revenue
(d) Profit or Loss
Answer:
(d) Profit or Loss

Question 3.
A statement of affairs is a summarised statement of an estimated _____________
(a) Financial Position
(b) Profit
(c) Income
(d) Loss
Answer:
(a) Financial Position

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 4.
If closing capital is ₹ 30,000 and profit is ₹ 5,000 opening capital was _____________
(a) ₹ 35,000
(b) ₹ 30,000
(c) ₹ 25,000
(d) ₹ 15,000
Answer:
(c) ₹ 25,000

Question 5.
Under single Entry system, Profit = Closing Capital less _____________
(a) Opening Capital
(b) Opening Assets
(c) Opening Liabilities
(d) Drawings
Answer:
(a) Opening Capital

Question 6.
The capital at the end of the accounting year is ascertained by preparing _____________
(a) Cash Account
(b) Closing Statement of Affairs
(c) Total Debtors Account
(d) Opening Statement of Affairs
Answer:
(b) Closing Statement of Affairs

Question 7.
The capital at the beginning of the accounting year is ascertained by preparing _____________
(a) Receipt and Payment Account
(b) Cash Account
(c) Opening Statement of Affairs
(d) Closing Statement of Affairs
Answer:
(c) Opening Statement of Affairs

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 8.
Under Single Entry System only _____________ are opened.
(a) Cash and Personal Accounts
(b) Real Accounts
(c) Nominal Accounts
(d) Real and Nominal Accounts
Answer:
(a) Cash and Personal Accounts

Question 9.
Statement of Affairs is just like _____________
(a) Profit and Loss A/c
(b) Real A/c
(c) Trading A/c
(d) Balance Sheet
Answer:
(d) Balance Sheet

Question 10.
Under the Net worth method, the basis for ascertaining profit or loss is the difference between _____________
(a) Capital on two dates
(b) Gross assets on two dates
(c) Liabilities on two dates
(d) Net assets on two dates
Answer:
(a) Capital on two dates

4. State True or False with reasons:

Question 1.
Statement of profit is just like Profit and Loss Account.
Answer:
This statement is False.
The profit and loss account has the debit and credit side which shows all expenses on the debit side and all incomes on the credit side and the differences are profit and loss for the year. Whereas statement of profit just adds and less income and expenses to find profit or loss.

Question 2.
The single Entry System is based on certain rules and principles.
Answer:
This statement is False.
A single Entry System is an ancient method of recording business transactions. It is a simple method of book-keeping. It is not a scientific and accurate system of Accounting. This system has no proper set of rules to be followed.

Question 3.
All transactions are recorded in the Single Entry System.
Answer:
This statement is False.
All transactions are not recorded in a single entry system. Only cash books and personal accounts of debtors and creditors are maintained. All transactions are recorded in the Double Entry System of Book-Keeping and Accountancy.

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 4.
Arithmetical accuracy cannot be checked in Single Entry.
Answer:
This statement is True.
All transactions and accounts are not recorded in the Single Entry System. So it is impossible to prepare a Trial balance under this system without which Arithmetical accuracy cannot be checked.

Question 5.
Drawings made during the year decrease the profit under the Single Entry System.
Answer:
This statement is False.
Drawings made during the year are added to the closing capital in the statement of profit, it increases the profit under the Single Entry System.

5. Do you agree with the following statements?

Question 1.
The single Entry System of Book-keeping is a scientific method of books of accounts.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 2.
The single Entry System is useful only for large organizations.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 3.
Statement of Affairs is just like a profit and loss account.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 4.
The difference between Assets and Liabilities is called net profit.
Answer:
Disagree

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 5.
The single Entry System follows the golden rules of accounts.
Answer:
Disagree

6. Fill in the Blanks.

Question 1.
In _____________ Book-keeping system, only Cash/Bank A/c and Personal accounts of Debtors and Creditors are opened.
Answer:
Single Entry

Question 2.
Capital is the difference between _____________ and _____________
Answer:
Assets, Liabilities

Question 3.
Single Entry System of Book-keeping is _____________ system of books of accounts.
Answer:
Conventional Accounting

Question 4.
_____________ accuracy is not guaranteed under Single Entry System.
Answer:
Arithmetical

Question 5.
In statement of profit or loss, profit on sale of assets are _____________ to closing capital.
Answer:
Added

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 6.
Bad debts are _____________ from closing capital in statement of profit or loss.
Answer:
Deducted

Question 7.
_____________ unscientific system of Book-keeping.
Answer:
Single Entry System

Question 8.
Under the Single Entry System, profit or loss is calculated by deducting the opening capital balance from _____________ at the end of the year.
Answer:
the closing capital balance

7. Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Stock in trade, Bank overdraft, Bills receivable.
Answer:
Bank overdraft

Question 2.
Interest on Loan, Interest on Investment, Income receivable.
Answer:
Interest on Loan

Question 3.
Bad debts, Reserve for Bad debts, Reserve for a discount on creditors.
Answer:
Reserve for a discount on creditors

Question 4.
Income received in advance, Prepaid Expenses, Outstanding Expenses.
Answer:
Prepaid Expenses

8. Complete the following table:

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q1
Answer:
₹ 13,000

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 2.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q2
Answer:
₹ 45,000

Question 3.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q3
Answer:
₹ 85,000

Question 4.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q4
Answer:
₹ 40,000, ₹ 18,000

Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System

Question 5.
Maharashtra Board 11th BK Important Questions Chapter 10 Single Entry System 8 Q5
Answer:
₹ 6,000

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

1. Choose correct option.

Question A.
The energy difference between the shells goes on ……….. when moved away from the nucleus.
a. Increasing
b. decreasing
c. equalizing
d. static
Answer:
b. decreasing

Question B.
The value of Plank’s constant is
a. 6.626× 10-34 Js
b. 6.023× 10-24 Js
c. 1.667 × 10-28 Js
d. 6.626× 10-28 Js
Answer:
a. 6.626× 10-34 Js

Question C.
p-orbitals are ……. in shape.
a. spherical
b. dumb bell
c. double dumb bell
d. diagonal
Answer:
b. dumbbell

Question D.
“No two electrons in the same atoms can have identical set of four quantum numbers”. This statement is known as
a. Pauli’s exclusion principle
b. Hund’s rule
c. Aufbau rule
d. Heisenberg uncertainty principle
Answer:
a. Pauli’s exclusion principle

Question E.
Principal Quantum number describes
a. shape of orbital
b. size of the orbital
c. spin of electron
d. orientation of in the orbital electron cloud
Answer:
b. size of the orbital

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

2. Make the pairs:

A B
a. Neutrons i. six electrons
b. p-orbital ii. -1.6 × 10-19 C
c. charge on electron iii. Ultraviolet region
d. Lyman series iv. Chadwick

Answer:
a – iv,
b – i,
c – ii,
d – iii

3. Complete the following information about the isotopes in the chart given below :
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 1
(Hint: Refer to Periodic Table if required)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 2

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

4. Match the following :
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 16a
Answer:
a – iv,
b – iii,
c – ii,
d – i

5. Answer in one sentence :

Question A.
If an element ‘X’ has mass number 11 and it has 6 neutrons, then write its representation.
Answer:
The representation of the given element is \({ }_{5}^{11} \mathrm{X}\).

Question B.
Name the element that shows simplest emission spectrum.
Answer:
The element that shows simplest emission spectrum is hydrogen.

Question C.
State Heisenberg uncertainty principle.
Answer:
Heisenberg uncertainty principle states that “It is impossible to determine simultaneously, the exact position and exact momentum (or velocity) of an electron”.

Question D.
Give the names of quantum numbers.
Answer:
The four quantum numbers are: principal quantum number (n), azimuthal or subsidiary quantum number (l), magnetic quantum number (ml) and electron spin quantum number (ms).

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question E.
Identify from the following the isoelectronic species:
Ne, O2-, Na+ OR Ar, Cl2-, K+
Answer:
Atoms and ions having the same number of electrons are isoelectronic.

Species No. of electrons
Ne 10
O2- 8 + 2 = 10
Na+ 11 – 1 = 10
Ar 18
Cl2- 17 + 2 = 19
K+ 19 – 1 = 18

Hence, Ne, O2-, Na+ are isoelectronic species.

6. Answer the following questions.

Question A.
Differentiate between Isotopes and Isobars.
Answer:

No. Isotopes Isobars
i. Isotopes are atoms of same element. Isobars are atoms of different elements.
ii. They have same atomic number but different atomic mass number. They have same atomic mass number but different atomic numbers.
iii. They have same number of protons but different number of neutrons. They have different number of protons and neutrons.
iv. They have same number of electrons. They have different number of electrons.
V. They occupy same position in the modem periodic table. They occupy different positions in the modem periodic table.
vi. They have similar chemical properties. They have different chemical properties.
e.g. \({ }_{6}^{12} \mathrm{C}\) and \({ }_{6}^{14} \mathrm{C}\) \({ }_{6}^{14} \mathrm{C}\) and \({ }_{7}^{14} \mathrm{~N}\)

Question B.
Define the terms:
i. Isotones
ii. Isoelectronic species
iii. Electronic configuration
Answer:
i. Isotones: Isotones are defined as the atoms of different elements having same number of neutrons in their nuclei. e.g. \({ }_{5}^{11} \mathrm{B}\) and \({ }_{6}^{12} \mathrm{C}\) having 6 neutrons each are isotones.

ii. Isoelectronic species:
soelectronic species are defined as atoms and ions having the same number of electrons.
e. g. Ar, Ca2+ and K+ containing 18 electrons each.

iii. Electronic configuration:
Electronic configuration of an atom is defined as the distribution of its electrons in orbitals.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question C.
State and explain Pauli’s exclusion principle.
Answer:
Pauli’s exclusion principle:
i. Statement: “No two electrons in an atom can have the same set of four quantum numbers”. OR “Only two electrons can occupy the same orbital and they must have opposite spins. ”
ii. The capacity of an orbital to accommodate electrons is decided by Pauli’s exclusion principle.
iii. According to this principle, for an electron belonging to the same orbital, the spin quantum number must be different since the other three quantum numbers are the same.
iv. The spin quantum number can have two values: +\(\frac {1}{2}\) and –\(\frac {1}{2}\).
v. Example, consider helium (He) atom with electronic configuration 1 s2.
For the two electrons in Is orbital, the four quantum numbers are as follows:
Electron number Quantum number Set of values of quantum numbers
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 3
Thus, in an atom, any two electrons can have the same three quantum numbers, but the fourth quantum number must be different.
vi. This leads to the conclusion that an orbital can accommodate maximum of two electrons and if it has two electrons, they must have opposite spin.

Question D.
State Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity with suitable example.
Answer:
Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity:
i. Statement: “Pairing of electrons in the orbitals belonging to the same subshell does not occur unless each orbital belonging to that subshell has got one electron each.”
ii. Example, according to Hund’s rule, each of the three-degenerate p-orbitals must get one electron of parallel spin before any one of them receives the second electron of opposite spin. Therefore, the configuration of four electrons occupying p-orbitals is represented as
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 4
iii. As a result of Hund’s rule, the atom with fully filled and half-filled set of degenerate orbitals has extra stability.

Question E.
Write the drawbacks of Rutherford’s model of an atom.
Answer:
Drawbacks of Rutherford’s model of an atom:
i. Rutherford’s model of an atom resembles the solar system with the nucleus playing the role of the massive sun and the electrons are lighter planets. Thus, according to this model, electrons having negative charge revolve in various orbits around the nucleus. However, the electrons revolving about the nucleus in fixed orbits pose a problem. Such orbital motion is an accelerated motion accompanied by a continuous change in the velocity of electron as noticed from the continuously changing direction. According to Maxwell’s theory of electromagnetic radiation, accelerated charged particles would emit electromagnetic radiation. Hence, an electron revolving around the nucleus should continuously emit radiation and lose equivalent energy. As a result, the orbit would shrink continuously and the electron would come closer to the nucleus by following a spiral path. It would ultimately fall into the nucleus. Thus, Rutherford’s model has an intrinsic instability of atom. However, real atoms are stable.

ii. Rutherford’s model of an atom does not describe the distribution of electrons around the nucleus and their energies.

Question F.
Write postulates of Bohr’s Theory of hydrogen atom.
Answer:
Postulates of Bohr’s theory of hydrogen atom:
i. The electron in the hydrogen atom can move around the nucleus in one of the many possible circular paths of fixed radius and energy. These paths are called orbits, stationary states or allowed energy states. These orbits are arranged concentrically around the nucleus in an increasing order of energy.

ii. The energy of an electron in the orbit does not change with time. However, the electron will move from a lower stationary state to a higher stationary state if and when the required amount of energy is absorbed by the electron. Energy is emitted when electron moves from a higher stationary state to a lower stationary state. The energy change does not take place in a continuous manner.

iii. The frequency of radiation absorbed or emitted when transition occurs between two stationary states that differ in energy by ΔE is given by the following expression:
ν = \(\frac{\Delta E}{h}=\frac{E_{2}-E_{1}}{h}\) ………….(1)
Where E1 and E2 are the energies of the lower and higher allowed energy states respectively. This expression is commonly known as Bohr’s frequency rule.

iv. The angular momeñtum of an electron in a given stationary state can be expressed as mvr = n × h/2π
where, n 1,2, 3
Thus, an electron can move only in those orbits for which its angular momentum is integral multiple of h/2π.
Thus, only certain fixed orbits are allowed.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question G.
Mention demerits of Bohr’s Atomic model.
Answer:
Demerits of Bohr’s atomic model:

  • Bohr’s atomic model (theory) failed to account for finer details of the atomic spectrum of hydrogen as observed in sophisticated spectroscopic experiments.
  • Bohr’s atomic model (theory) was unable to explain the spectrum of atoms other than hydrogen.
  • Bohr’s atomic model (theory) could not explain the splitting of spectral lines in the presence of a magnetic field (Zeeman effect) or electric field (Stark effect).
  • Bohr’s atomic model (theory) failed to explain the ability of atoms to form molecules by chemical bonds.

Question H.
State the order of filling atomic orbitals following Aufbau principle.
Answer:
Aufbau principle:
i. Aufbau principle gives the sequence in which various orbitals are filled with electrons.
ii. In the ground state of an atom, the orbitals are filled with electrons based on increasing order of energies of orbitals, Pauli’s exclusion principle and Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity.
iii. Increasing order of energies of orbitals:

  • Orbitals are filled in order of increasing value of (n + l)
  • In cases where the two orbitals have same value of (n + l), the orbital with lower value of n is filled first.

iv. The increasing order of energy of different orbitals in a multi-electron atom is:
1s < 2s < 2p < 3s < 3p < 4s < 3d < 4p < 5s < 4d < 5p < 6s < 4f < 5d < 6p < 7s and so on.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 5

Question I.
Explain the anomalous behavior of copper and chromium.
Answer:
i. Copper:

  • Copper (Cu) has atomic number 29.
  • Its expected electronic configuration is 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d9.
  • The 3d orbital is neither half-filled nor fully filled. Hence, it has less stability.
  • Due to interelectronic repulsion forces, one 4s electron enters into 3d orbital. This makes 3d orbital completely filled and 4s orbital half-filled which gives extra stability and the electronic configuration of Cu becomes, 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1 3d10.

ii. Chromium:

  • Chromium (Cr) has atomic number 24.
  • Its expected electronic configuration is 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s23d4.
  • The 3d orbital is less stable as it is not half-filled.
  • Due to inter electronic repulsion forces, one 4s electron enters into 3d orbital. This makes 4s and 3d orbitals half-filled which gives extra stability and the electronic configuration of Cr becomes, 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1 3d5.

Question J.
Write orbital notations for electrons in orbitals with the following quantum numbers.
a. n = 2, l =1
b. n = 4, l = 2
c. n = 3, l = 2
Answer:
i. 2p
ii. 4d
iii. 3d

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question K.
Write electronic configurations of Fe, Fe2+, Fe3+
Answer:

Species Orbital notation
Fe 1s2 2s2 2p63s2 3p6 4s2 3d6 OR [Ar] 4s2 3d6
Fe2+ Is2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d6 OR [Ar] 3d6
Fe3+ 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d5 OR [Ar] 3d5

Question L.
Write condensed orbital notation of electonic configuration of the following elements:
a. Lithium (Z = 3)
b. Carbon (Z=6)
c. Oxygen (Z = 8)
d. Silicon (Z = 14)
e. Chlorine (Z = 17)
f. Calcium (Z = 20)
Answer:

No. Element Condensed orbital notation
i. Lithium (Z = 3) [He] 2s1
ii. Carbon (Z = 6) [He] 2s2 2p2
iii. Oxygen (Z = 8) [He] 2s2 2p4
iv. Silicon (Z = 14) [Ne] 3s2 3p2
v. Chlorine (Z = 17) [Ne] 3s2 3p5
vi. Calcium (Z = 20) [Ar] 4s2

Question M.
Draw shapes of 2s and 2p orbitals.
Answer:
2s orbital:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 6

2p orbital:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 7

Question N.
Explain in brief, the significance of azimuthal quantum number.
Answer:
Azimuthal quantum number (l):

  • Azimuthal quantum number is also known as subsidiary quantum number and is represented by letter l.
  • It represents the subshell to which the electron belongs. It also defines the shape of the orbital that is occupied by the electron.
  • Its value depends upon the value of principal quantum number ‘n’. It can have only positive values between 0 and (n – 1).
  • Atomic orbitals with the same value of ‘n’ but different values of ‘l’ constitute a subshell belonging to the shell for the given ‘n’ The azimuthal quantum number gives the number of subshells in a principal shell. The subshells have l to be 0, 1, 2,3 … which are represented by symbols s, p, d, f, … respectively.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 8

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Question O.
If n = 3, what are the quantum number l and ml?
Answer:
: For a given n, l = 0 to (n – 1) and for given l, ml = -l……, 0…….. + l
Therefore, the possible values of l and ml for n = 3 are:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 9

Question P.
The electronic configuration of oxygen is written as 1s2 2s2 2px2 2py1 2pz1 and not as 1s2 2s2 2px2 2py2 2pz0. Explain.
Answer:

  • According to Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity “Pairing of electrons in the orbitals belonging to the same subshell does not occur unless each orbital belonging to that subshell has got one electron each.”
  • Oxygen has 8 electrons. The first two electrons will pair up in the Is orbital, the next two electrons will pair up in the 2s orbital and this leaves 4 electrons, which must be placed in the 2p orbitals.
  • Each of the three degenerate p-orbitals must get one electron of parallel spin before any one of them receives the second electron of opposite spin. Therefore, two p orbitals have one electron each and one p-orbital will have two electrons.

Thus, the electronic configuration of oxygen is written as 1s2 2s2 2px2 2py1 2pz1 and not as 1s2 2s2 2px2 2py2 2pz0.

Question Q.
Write note on ‘Principal Quantum number.
Answer:
Principal quantum number (n):
i. Principal quantum number indicates the principal shell or main energy level to which the electron belongs.
ii. It is denoted by ‘n’ and is a positive integer with values 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, ….
iii. A set of atomic orbitals with given value of ‘n’ constitutes a single shell. These shells are also represented by the letters K, L, M, N, etc.
iv. With increase of ‘n’, the number of allowed orbitals in that shell increases and is given by n2.
v. The allowed orbitals in the first four shells are given below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 10
vi. As the value of ‘n’ increases, the distance of the shell from the nucleus increases and the size of the shell increases. Its energy also goes on increasing.

Question R.
Using concept of quantum numbers, calculate the maximum numbers of electrons present in the ‘M’ shell. Give their distribution in shells, subshells and orbitals.
Answer:
i. Each main shell contains a maximum of 2n2 electrons.
For ‘M’ shell, n = 3.
Therefore, the maximum numbers of electrons present in the ‘M’ shell = 2 × (3)2 = 18.

ii. The distribution of these electrons in shells, subshells and orbitals can be given as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 11
Note: Orbital distribution in the first four shells:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 12
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 13

Question S.
Indicate the number of unpaired electrons in :
a. Si (Z = 14)
b. Cr (Z = 24)
Answer:
i. . Si (Z = 14): 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2
Orbital diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 14
Number of unpaired electrons = 2

ii. Cr (Z = 24): 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1 3d5
Orbital diagram:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom 15
Number of unpaired electrons = 6

Question T.
An atom of an element contains 29 electrons and 35 neutrons. Deduce-
a. the number of protons
b. the electronic configuration of that element.
Answer:
a. In an atom, number of protons is equal to number of electrons.
The given atom contains 29 electrons.
∴ Number of protons = 29

b. The electronic configuration of an atom of an element containing 29 electrons is:
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1 3d10
[Note: Given element is copper (Cu) with Z = 29]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

11th Chemistry Digest Chapter 4 Structure of Atom Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 35)

Question i.
What is the smallest unit of matter?
Answer:
The smallest unit of matter is atom.

Question ii.
What is the difference between molecules of an element and those of a compound?
Answer:
The molecules of an element are made of atoms of same element while the molecules of a compound are made of atoms of different elements.

Question iii.
Does an atom have any internal structure or is it indivisible?
Answer:
Yes, an atom has internal structure. Different subatomic particles such as protons, electrons and neutrons constitute an atom. So, it is divisible.

Question iv.
Which particle was identified by J. J. Thomson in the cathode ray tube experiment?
Answer:
Electron was identified by J.J. Thomson in the cathode ray tube experiment.

Question v.
Which part of an atom was discovered by Ernest Rutherford from the experiment of scattering of α-particles by gold foil?
Answer:
Nucleus of an atom was discovered by Ernest Rutherford from the experiment of scattering of α-particles by gold foil.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Structure of Atom

Just Think (Textbook Page No. 41)

Question 1.
What does the negative sign of electron energy convey?
Answer:
Negative sign for the energy of an electron in any orbit in a hydrogen atom indicates that the energy of the electron in the atom is lower than the energy of a free electron at rest. A free electron at rest is an electron that is infinitely far away from the nucleus and is assigned the energy value of zero.

As the electron gets close to the nucleus, value of ‘n’ decreases and En becomes large in absolute value and more negative. The negative sign corresponds to attractive forces between electron and nucleus.

Internet my friend (Textbook Page No. 44)

Question 1.
Collect information about structure of atom.
Answer:
Students can use links given below as reference and collect information about structure of atom on their own.
https://www.livescience.com/65427-fundamental-elementary-particles.html http://www.chemistryexplained.com/Ar-Bo/Atomic-Structure.html
https://www.thoughtco.com/basic-model-of-the-atom-603799